I LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, || 



< — -J Vie, 



v 



<&<,/> 



.?£5 



'^y 



it ^f. 



!UNfTED STATES OF AMERICA. 



Instructive Communications 



^ 



s 



SPIEIT LIFE. 



Written through the Meotomship op 
MRS. S. E. PARK, 

By the Instrumentality of her Spirit Husband, 
Who departed this Lite in 1863. 




BOSTON: 
WILLIAM WHITE AND COMPANY, 

BAMER OF LIGHT OFFICE, 

158 Washington Street. 

NEW YORK: BRANCH OFFICE, 544 BROADWAY. 

1869. 






Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1868, by 

MRS. S. E. PARK, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts. 



11- 



^ 



William White & Co., Stereotypers and Printers, Boston. 



PREFACE. 



In giving this book a preface, it becomes my duty to ascribe 
merit to the intelligence communicating through my organism. 
In appealing to the public for appreciation of the work, it is 
due me to say that I have given to you, as the controlling intel- 
ligence dictated from time to time when opportunity offered, 
such thoughts as were deemed necessary for public benefit, to be 
perused by those who felt an interest in spiritual teachings. 
They glow with inspiration, which to me is a boon of great price 
lavished upon one who is but a humble instrument in the hands 
of spirits. 

I am aware that the precepts here taught are not in accordance 
with Bible teachings as viewed by a large majority of the com- 
munity ; but the efforts of my spirit-teachers will none the less 
merit approbation from a large number of reading and thinking 
minds, who will weigh the subjects carefully, and give this 
treatise a place in their category of educational ideas close to the 
precepts found in that sacred book. 

The tendency of mankind to attach undue importance to heredi- 
tary ideas needs to be intercepted ; and such has been the design 
of these teachings. 

There has been of late a growing desire to know more of truth 
concerning the future than is presented through the channel of 
ancient inspiration ; and to meet the demands of such, and give 
them knowledge without the necessary requirements of interpre- 
tation, is another object of the work. 

3 



4 PREFACE. 

In forming conclusions from any work, it is necessary the mind 
be kept close to the subject presented, or a distaste may arise in 
the place of instruction ; therefore let the reader peruse these 
pages with an eye to the" future of all mankind, and a sensation 
of delight will pervade the feelings in the prospect of a future 
made glorious by our own exertions. And then, again, the asser- 
tion that we are to meet our friends with that fulness of joy 
experienced by one who has been long absent, opens the door 
to truths heretofore hidden, and bids us partake of joys before 
unknown.* 

But, thanks be to God, these teachings open the door ; and we 
look our future condition cheerfully in the face, exclaiming, 
" Welcome, death ! the guest is ready." 

My sympathies and feelings are in accordance with these teach- 
ings ; and long may I remain an instrument in these spirit-hands, 
praying for success from no other source but my own efforts, 
guided and controlled by them ! R. P. 

* Obscure or indirect teachings have intercepted knowledge, and left 
us to wonder concerning the future. 



INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 



At the age of nineteen, I was married to him who now holds 
possession of and communicates through my organism. I was 
born in the State of Vermont, and reared in the lap of affection 
as the only daughter in a family of four children. Since my 
marriage, but one birth has occurred, — that of a son possessing 
strong masculine propensities, of which I for the last four years 
have been the only guide ; and with watchfulness have I guarded 
his young footsteps, and maintained the integrity of my trust. 

Not until recently have I had the least thought of being brought 
before the public ; but, as kind Providence has bestowed upon me 
powers which spirits can make use of to convey instruction, I 
quietly resign myself to their will, hoping the time not far distant 
when my sphere of usefulness may be enlarged, and my influence 
through them be brought to bear upon the understanding in a more 
tangible form. 

The unsociable qualities of my nature render society inadmis- 
sible ; preferring to remain alone with the dictation of some writer, 
or to the silent meditation of my own thoughts. Such is my cast 
in the mould of organization. Although having a husband whose 
affections reached to the depths of his nature, yet have I always 
maintained that peculiarity. 

Since his departure, this has come home with a degree of con- 
viction, increasing my desire for retirement, and leaving me alone 
with his society, by which I feel I shall be guided through life ; 
and, when permitted to join him upon the other side, my joy will 
be unspeakable. The months which have sped by since his 

5 



6 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 

departure seem like years ; and thus will the time continue to 
grow longer until permitted to lay aside the mortal coil, and join 
him who is waiting with a glow of happiness upon his brow at 
the thought of again being united to one ayIio was chosen and 
made one with himself during earth-life. Such are his words ; 
and deep in my heart do they penetrate, disarming death of its 
sting, and planting a feeling of delight in its stead. Who does 
not feel pleasure at the expectation of meeting a loved father and 
mother after an absence of years ? and such have I there to add 
to my joys. 

Oh ! is it not a happy thought, well worthy silent reflection, 
when we contemplate this union of friends, and think that they 
are hovering in our midst with the same love they were wont to 
bestow ? and, when an opportunity presents, how ready are they to 
manifest it as of old ! The affection we have for each other is the 
germ, or vitality, of association : divest us of this, and we become 
like a dry sprout, only to be used mechanically. 

But I wish to dwell more at length upon the subject of our 
friends. Many an hour in childhood have I listened to the teach- 
ings of those who were ordained to the ministry, — their descrip- 
tion of hell, and the separation of father, mother, brother, and 
sister, a part doomed to endless misery. Oh, what descriptions 
these were ! so full of horror, and void of the true feeling meted 
to us daily from God by the hand of Nature ! It created a desire 
in me to be with those I loved, even though it were in hell. My 
happiness would be more complete with those whom I knew than 
with one who was represented as being good, and loving humanity, 
and, at the same time, separating his children one from another 
in so unfeeling a manner, because poor human nature was weak, 
and had not strength to overcome temptation, and for which he 
was pleased to inflict punishment forever. This train of teaching 
I have, however, overcome, and thanks to Spiritualism for it. It 
has taught me a more beautiful philosophy, upon which I rely 
with a calm sense of a sure transportation to my spirit-friends. 

Progression, forsooth, marks their course, and where they are 
let me go ; and is not this the sentiment of every heart that has 
lost companion, parent, or child ? 



INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 7 

If my child should be spared to the age of maturity, which he 
is fast approaching, his instruction from me will be none other 
than this ; and, should his. course be a downward one, I shall have 
no regrets in neglecting to instil into his mind such ideas as I 
received from sabbath, school, leading in after-years to much 
reflection upon the picture presented, — that our acts were hasten- 
ing us on to a perdition from whence there was no restoration. 

In viewing the diversity of mankind, I have often illustrated it 
under the figure of a plant producing fruit, while another of the 
same kind is but just putting forth the leaves, and, perchance, 
another still has not commenced budding ; but time shows one 
to possess the capacity for production as much as the other. 

So is it with the faculties manifested in every grade of intellect, 
from the cultivated down to the ignorant. Then, as we are the 
children of one family, where is the supremacy ? 

But I have already made this epistle too long, and, in closing, 
would say that my spirit-intelligence thought proper for me to 
give the reader an introduction to the medium through which he 
communicates. R. P. 



FROM THE CONTROLLING SPIRIT. 



Clearly and distinctly do we, as spirits, define our position. 
Roaming through the dominion of intellect, picking up the dross 
of conversation, and carrying it to the community at large, is not 
our sphere of usefulness. Higher attainments await the progres- 
sive spirit. 

Our mission is to give such instructions as we have heen able 
to glean from our surroundings, and in all truthfulness and candor 
present them for your perusal. Do not, then, fastidiously pass by 
instructions given through the instrumentality of such motives. 
We ask not that these pages be believed until reason has divested 
you of prejudice arising from the idea that they came from spirits. 
Reader, take these pages, and peruse them with care, and do not 
indorse one idea unless it commends itself to your reason and 
judgment. We hold reason as the highest gift to man ; therefore 
the design of these pages is lost if they fail to awaken that one 
faculty. 

The failure produced by many writers is in the exclusion of 
reason, with the effect of condemning the work. This is not our 
design. 

The individual who reads this book, and lays it aside, either 
indorsing or condemning, without candidly reasoning upon every 
idea advanced, is by no means the recipient of good from our pen. 
Let us, therefore, warn such as are disposed to criticise or indorse, 
that they beware how they tread upon ground that has not a firm 
foundation. S. E. P. 

8 



DECLARATION. 



Harbingers of peace reign within your midst, unseen, un- 
heard, but felt by the beating of a purer pulsation imparting 
its spiritual influence to the community in general. Love is their 
motto, and such do they seek to impart. 

The busy man of earth may think himself alone ; but not so. 
Spirits often watch their earthly friends in their employment, 
many times producing impressions which result in reversing their 
original designs. 

Spirits are mortals to a certain degree. Their desires remain- 
ing here bring them where they enjoy that which you enjoy, and 
also share your sorrows. The tenderest emotions, and deep, 
heartfelt interest, are called forth from spirits toward their friends, 
extending thence to all humanity. Spirits are ye upon earth, and 
we feel to associate with such ; being once of your number. The 
heavens present not such number of stars as equal the spirits daily 
in your midst ; each having friends to visit, and an interest in their 
elevating pursuits, natural to the affections of the human heart. 
And how natural to suppose they should congregate with you ! 
Therefore, ye men of earth, count no more upon being alone, not 
surrounded, not aided, by spirit-agency ; for all have some upon 
this side who still retain the ties of friendly attachment. 

Relying upon that goodness lurking in every breast for a more 
close connection between earth-inhabitants and the spirit-world, 
we present to you our mode of life in contrast with former edu- 
cation, and from thence pass to promiscuous pieces indiscriminately 
arranged to suit the author's convenience. 

9 



INDEX. 



PAGE. 

Spirit-Life 13 

Evidence of Immortality 33 

Salvation 35 

Essay on Man 38 

Magnetism the Law of Inspiration 41 

Human and Universal Nature 48 

Education . 51 

Sympathy 55 

Development ... 58 

The Principle of Sin 69 

Resurrection . . .73 

Endless Punishment 76 

Kindness 81 

Nature, an Evidence of God . . . . . . .85 

Strength of Intellect . . . , . . . .91 

Points touching the Origin and Progress of Man . . .96 

Free Interchange of Sentiment 103 

The Present Destiny of Man . . . . * , . .107 

Spirit Associations 116 

God a Substance 121 

Scientific Range of Thought . . , . . . .125 

Truth . . . 127 

Cheerfulness 129 

Reminiscences of Ancient Inspiration 130 

The Divinity of Christ 136 

10 



INDEX. 11 

Influence 146 

Eternity 156 

A Limited View of Worlds 160 

The Harmonial Philosophy . . . . .. . .163 

Familiarity 167 

The Historian in Spirit-Life 171 

Intemperate Habits 175 

The Power of Conscience . . • . • . .182 

The Greatness of Human Effort 187 

Subduing Error 192 

Disease 195 

The Deity in Man 214 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 



SPIRIT-LIFE. 

The mode of spirit-life differs materially and in many 
essential points from life in the form. When one steps 
from earth to the spirit-world, all connected with their 
sphere of usefulness is changed to occupation of the mind. 
This to many, and I might say to most minds, is not what 
they are prepared to meet. 

The variety of minds thrown, as it were, upon their own 
resources for employment often suffer more unhappiness 
than from any other one feature in spirit-life. 

The necessity, during earthly existence, for cultivating 
some usefulness involving particularly action of the mind, 
is one of the greatest benefits, and will contribute more to 
immediate happiness in spirit-life than any other qualifica- 
tion. 

Spirits often linger around their home-scenes because 
they know not what else to do. They are fitted for no other 
scenes, therefore are prepared to enjoy nothing beyond. 
The labor assigned to many spirits is assisting such ones, 
and choosing something for them. If this could be better 
understood, and fully appreciated, many would commence 
their sphere of usefulness immediately ; whereas now they 

18 



14 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

remain inactive, undecided, placing them in a condition 
more replete with unhappiness than earth-life presents. 

All spirits must have employment, not only that which 
will conduce to their own happiness, but also will shed its 
rays of instruction upon other spirits : if not, then they are 
retrograding, and becoming of no use to themselves or 
others. 

This is not what a progressive spirit desires. The incli- 
nation of the spirit must be for good, else it does not obtain 
it. We are differently situated in that respect from our 
earth associates. There, by the aid of friends, we can be 
raised from one condition to another, seemingly without 
effort of our own ; but not so with us. We must have 
decided firmness, founded upon a .desire for elevation, 
prompted by acts towards other spirits resulting in their 
good. If this is not cherished, the spirit soon finds that the 
laws governing spirit cause it to gravitate to a plane suited 
to its capacities. Hence, how necessary and inseparable to 
the happiness of the spirit is cultivation of the mind ! 

By the mind is the spirit also recognized. Spirits soon 
discern the development of the freed spirit, whether his 
mind has been led in a channel suited to his spiritual wel- 
fare, or not. He soon finds himself surrounded by those 
possessing the same grade of intellect as himself. Thus is 
he drawn by his affinity to that class, because he is prepared 
to enjoy no other : such has been his early life, and such are 
the laws governing mind. 

The spirit is also made the recipient of much benefit by 
entering upon its new labors with a mind free to the con- 
viction of error, willing to lay aside preconceived ideas, and 
grasp the truth. Erroneous ideas are the source of much 
annoyance and unhappiness to the spirit. Early education 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 15 

has framed that for the mind which creates disappointment, 
and often disheartens the spirit when it does not find all 
that it anticipated. Habits in earth-life should be cher- 
ished, while keeping the min£P open to the -conviction of 
error, ever ready to investigate, searching for truth ; which 
leads you step by step to lay aside erroneous ideas for those 
in advance : this prepares you to meet conditions here. 

Often does the spirit search diligently for that which he 
expected was in store for him ; thus keeping him upon the 
plane of his anticipations. Others become indifferent from 
the fact of their disappointment ; in others it creates unhap- 
piness, from the knowledge that they were so decided in 
their course as to thrust out light, which would otherwise 
have shone in upon their mental perceptions. 

Conditions vary the occupation of spirits from usefulness 
to absolute idleness. This, also, depends upon the culture 
of the mind while sojourning in earth-life. Such habits as 
we engender there follow us here ; and, if they are not of 
the character we wish always to retain, they must be cast 
off or laid aside for a better understanding of spirit-life. 

The mode of spirit communication is by far preferable to 
that upon the earth. No disguise can be indulged or prac- 
tised ; but every thought is a word understood, plain as 
your conception can receive it. This unmasks the many se- 
cret vices and feelings indulged in while the fleshy form is 
used for concealment. No disguise is necessary ; for each 
and every spirit, if they carry forth the laws of progression, 
do it with as great a desire of good for other spirits as for 
themselves. Whatever the spirit earnestly desires, and 
makes an effort to obtain, is at his command, accompanied 
with a full satisfaction. 

The word spirit often loses its meaning or significance 



16 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, 

by being applied to none but dwellers of eternity. Every 
individual is a spirit. We are simply divested of the flesh, 
while you still remain encumbered : that is all the differ- 
ence as applied to the spirit. Laws govern both, in har- 
mony with each other. Spirit-life is but a continuation of 
mundane-life ; the mind or spirit is the same ; no change is 
produced by its leaving the body ; and it remains the same, 
until, by our own exertions, advancement commences. Pro- 
gression is written upon all ; and progression is the duty of 
every spirit, obtained through as many and various chan- 
nels as there are spirits : diversity marks its course, making 
each and every one a separate individuality. How diver- 
sified is Nature ! and Nature is but the emblem of man 
through the work of one Maker of all. 

The divinity in man is most accessible to the higher, or 
to that part of the Creator designed for him in spirit-life ; 
but all are made participators through their own efforts. 
Indeed, earth-life is the place designed for its beginning ; 
and the growth to continue as long as the continuance of 
the spirit, — through eternity. What is lost on earth never 
can be restored ; the spirit keeping just so far short of 
what it otherwise would have been. 

Many spirits return to earth to retrieve the past. Their 
desires to return and do what they neglected cause them 
to make the effort with feelings of regret. Their past life 
looms before their knowledge with the many incidents 
which might have been turned to good account ; they feel 
the sting of reproach ; and conscience bids them make repa- 
ration. But, alas ! sometimes it is too late : the spirit is 
not able to control circumstances and conditions sufficient 
to enable him to return and manifest his desires. 

Who has not felt the remorse of conscience, the sting of 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 17 

reproach, producing feelings of torture, when the object is 
beyond your power of making amends? Just so is it after 
death, creating feelings alive to wrong beyond the limits of 
rectification. -> 

Spirit-life is marked with a diversity bordering on immu- 
tability ; changing, but never losing sight of that already 
possessed ; always retaining the lower, but at the same time 
grasping the higher ; as fast as we leave one step for the 
next higher, that becomes the lower ; and so we go on 
through eternity, hand in hand, with all humanity for our 
school, and the Creator our teacher. 

SECTION SECOND. 

The occupations of spirits vary according to their tastes, 
capabilities, and choice. 

All are accessible to an equality ; no one having the 
preference. This gives variety, and variety gives individu- 
ality, under the law of diversity, each one choosing for him- 
self. 

The more one studies nature, the better prepared is he in 
spirit to investigate natural phenomena connected with not 
only this but all other worlds. 

Science bids the mind investigate ; and the same privilege, 
with a far greater field of observation, lays before the spirit 
as these worlds bid it welcome to their shores of investiga- 
tion. 

This calls minds of superior desires into action, conscious 
at every step that they are beholding the works of the great 
I Am. This class may be termed astronomical investigat- 
ors of worlds too numerous to mention. This comprises 
many of our best and most intelligent minds. 
2 



18 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

Another class are more particularly confined to their own 
planet ; they find there food sufficient to meet the demands 
of their minds ; their researches are guided with a penetra- 
tion proportioned to their intellect. 

As we have before stated, diversity is the mark of labor 
connected with spirit ; therefore we leave this class of men- 
tal workers, and pass to those whose occupations approach 
nearer in resemblance to earth. Their duties devolve more 
upon each other, making the benefits mutual. 

Teachers from the more advanced minds congregate to- 
gether for the purpose of instructing those below them, or 
who are less advanced in culture pertaining to spirituality. 
These form societies, based upon the firm foundation of 
morality and truth, connected with a high appreciation of 
elevating teachings, suitable to be imparted as instruction. 
These co-workers have also small communities under their 
charge, through whom they seek to impart to all below them 
the lesson that " all are but parts of one stupendous 
whole ; " making one family, no rulers, but simply teachers 
or guides in the path of goodness ; taking each by the hand, 
and marching on through the heights of love, pausing upon 
the threshold of progression, there to refresh the mind with 
new aspirations for all to enjoy. 

Another class we will mention in this connection, so 
similar, however, that they need hardly to be spoken of in 
distinction from the former ; but they have their peculiar 
place, and must not be overlooked, particularly teachers 
chosen from the female departments. 

This class reminds us of sisters of charity, so devoted 
are they to those under their particular charge. Their du- 
ties consist in raising the fallen from a state of despair to a 
sense of their true condition, and the opportunity for im- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 19 

provenient. Their love and devotedness conquer hatred, 
subdue obstinacy, and plant in its stead repentance, and a 
desire to become better ; after which many thus elevated 
become teachers of the same class. Love, obedience, and a 
desire for truth, are called out and instilled, inspiring confi- 
dence, until they allow themselves to be taken by the hand, 
and guided to a life of usefulness, leading to progression. 

Such is the influence that love, purity, and virtue, together 
with a share of heavenly grace proceeding from a pure 
source, have over sin and vice, conquering, subduing, and 
raising to a standard that tends to the possession of many 
virtues combined. Often spirits become frantic upon the 
consciousness of a future existence, finding their life and 
misery did not end in the grave. To the class of teachers 
just mentioned are these more particularly indebted. 

Teachers there are of every grade and class. Whenever 
there is an opportunity for instilling good, it is always im- 
proved, with a strong desire for the benefit of those less 
instructed in ways leading to progression, which always ter- 
minates in happy results. 

Spirits as a class are more attached to each other than 
individuals in the form. Their happiness consists in aiding 
each other to advance and become better, elevating and 
raising each one from a state bordering upon insanity to 
one of understanding ; calling out feelings which germinate 
into a tree of knowledge, goodness, and happiness. This 
carries every spirit who has the desire over the ground of 
progression, and lands him upon the shores of heaven, or a 
happy state of mind. 

Spirit-labor is one continual chain ; each sphere following 
in succession, the higher spirits assisting those upon the 
plane below, and they assisting those still below them ; so 



20 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

that all form the chain, and each plane the links, and love 
the connection between them all. 

It is true there are those here who abound in iniquity ; 
but they, too, have their teachers, and are accessible to 
moral influences, gradually raising them to a better condi- 
tion. They, in turn, become teachers, and often the most 
energetic, enthusiastic devotees, to the class who were once 
their associates; knowing fully how to sympathize with 
them. 

Opportunities of teaching and imparting are most sought 
for by many of our most virtuous minds. Many are the 
students of art, combined with a degree of practical skill, 
who impart their ideas impressionally to minds accessible 
upon earth. Could you behold the many spirits who throng 
your earth, eager to impart their discoveries to mortals, and 
who happily succeed in finding minds whom they can ap- 
proach and impress, leaving there the outlines of their 
design, you would see plainly why some are so fortunate as 
to make discoveries and inventions which result in great 
benefit to man. 

Nothing is accomplished with you with half that accuracy 
and perfectness that it is with us. Ideas are matured in 
spirit-life which have but just commenced an existence with 
you. 

Ascending the plane of progression, there are minds still 
devoted to the welfare and condition of national interests ; 
manifesting great anxiety in their progress, and the estab- 
lishment of principles founded upon right, justice, and 
equality to all. 

Their desires while in earth-life established firmness of 
character, which, being carried into spirit-life, marked out a 
course leading them to still continue interested and active 



IXSTRUCTIYE COMMUNICATIONS. 21 

for the elevation of the race. They. too. seek opportunities 
for instructing and impressing the riglu course to be taken. 
Many alterations in diplomatic affairs are prompted by them. 
This may to some seem strange : but. when we understand 
the laws of mind acting upon and governing mind, it no 
longer remains an obscure idea, but becomes one of. and 
takes its place among, the many laws understood and prac- 
tised by man. 

They sweep through your communities with an enthusi- 
asm verging upon an overthrow of wrong and the establish- 
ment of right. But, alas ! the mind is so clouded by 
prejudice and worldly aspiration, that their efforts often 
come far short of the reward in success which is their due. 
An ever-watchful eye to the past, with a deep penetration 
into the future, in connection with the power of reading the 
minds of those whom they desire to know, gives them an 
opportunity of judging how the good is to be obtained 
through the establishment or overthrow of principles im- 
bibed, and allowed to govern the people. 

Spirit-inrluence is carried wherever there is an opportu- 
nity for its exercise, accompanied with the power of its 
manifestations. 

We will now speak of a class who are engaged in the 
training of the young. Children are more susceptible to 
impressions from their teachers than with you ; hence that 
class of teachers are sought for, who will, by their own innate 
qualities, instil perseverance, integrity, virtue, morality, and 
love for the good, raising their pupils to an understanding 
of the means by which to overcome all obstacles in the way 
of progression. 

The spirit-child shows all those propensities for evil here, 
the same as if allowed to mature on earth : the only differ- . 



22 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

ence is, there being no conditions adapted to the growth and 
cultivation of wrong, the child is divested of it more readily, 
and receives teachings which soon become thoroughly root- 
ed, becoming a part of, and, in reality, the child's nature. 
Purity, love, and confidence grow with the growth of the 
little spirit, until firm manhood is developed, clothed with 
the garments of righteousness, made holy by the possession 
of good, and acting therefrom. 

Childhood in spirit-life is looked upon by some as a bless- 
ing, or a condition far preferable to remaining in the body. 
By others it is considered a misfortune to lose that experi- 
ence which prepares one to judge of and appreciate the 
supremacy of motives in influencing conduct, — motives 
which call out of each soul the highest conceptions of right 
and duty in keeping the mastery of sin and vice, and pur- 
suing the path of goodness. 

Reason teaches that it is better one should taste of the 
sour to test the real sweetness of sweet, than to accept mere 
words to that effect : the same principle might be applied to 
the education of every one ; each sifting their own charac- 
ter, and, when the dross is separated, being better prepared 
to judge of merit by experience of the reverse. 

So it is with spirit-children ; never experiencing evil, they 
do not fully appreciate the influences attending wrong. 

SECTION THIRD. 

The intricacies of spirit-life may be said to require peculiar 
discernment, implying a faculty of research within our own 
individuality, capable of investigating for ourselves. 

The mind, when it once receives an impetus in the direction 
indicated by its desires for knowledge, is by no means de- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 23 

pendent upon others for its understanding, or for whatever 
it wishes to obtain. When once guided in the right direction, 
there is that implanted in the nature of every mind which 
draws it by strong desires to master more and more of God's 
unlimited store of knowledge, not resting with what it has ; 
but every idea is a stimulus or stepping-stone to something 
higher. The mind comprehends this, and makes the effort to 
obtain all within its idea of thought and understanding. 

When an idea is presented, at first the spirit longs for 
some one to explain fully to him the why and wherefore, the 
ultimate result of so startling, new, and opening source of 
light. Soon the spirit becomes interested, engaged, and, I 
might say, enthusiastic, in his pursuits, throwing his whole 
energy in the direction desired ; which soon gives him the 
satisfaction of seeing the fruits of his own labor making a 
lasting impression. Spirit-teachers perceive this, and always 
withhold that which can be called forth and brought to light 
by our own efforts. 

The laws governing spirit-life are such as to cause every 
mind to search for itself; if not, then it lacks intelligence 
and progression. 

One phase of spirit-life differs essentially from all others. 
There are a class of spirits abounding in wisdom, who throw 
influences around the mind by which they lead it forth to 
new discoveries, stimulating its activity by pictures of at- 
tainment almost equal to the sum of all knowledge. They 
inspire the mind with aspirations far beyond its conceptions, 
and develop a taste sufficient to produce conviction of the 
reality of the subjects presented ; and then they leave you 
alone, thrown upon your own resources for further informa- 
tion. This at first is very perplexing, almost causing you 
to release your efforts ; but you soon discover where you 



24 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

stand. The foretaste given was sufficient to produce a desire 
too strong to allow you to turn back ; and the only way is to 
search for yourself, and, by so doing, you reap double the 
reward allowed to be bestowed by the efforts of others. 

They are the first to attract the observing, investigating 
mind upon its entrance to spirit-life, seeking to know to 
what extent its capacities have been cultivated. Stepping 
forward, they read and measure the individual capabilities 
and powers of research, acting upon his mind accordingly ; 
and, before the spirit is aware, he becomes their associate. 

They allure him on and on, watching the development of 
his mind, until he arrives at that point best suited for his 
mind to investigate and understand ; and there they leave 
him. This course is beneficial in many respects. It not 
only gives an impetus to the mind in the right direction, 
but it acts directly upon the right faculties, employing the 
best means for their education, and, before the spirit is 
aware of his advancement, elevates him to a position 
which once he would have thought the mind incapable of 
reaching. There he stands and gazes at God's works with 
wonder, beholding at every step ideas more and more sublime, 
until he is lost in the abyss of thoughts which are but the 
beginning of wisdom in store for the progressive mind. 

This class are what we term seekers for the establishment 
of pure morality and right principles. They seek an opportu- 
nity to graft them upon the mind as soon as the spirit is free 
from the mortal body. The results obtained by spirits 
often fall far short of their real design. 

But there is more good accomplished in this mode of 
teaching than words can express. 

I might cite instances without number to show the many 
ways taken by spirit-teachers to call out the mind ; but what 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 25 

I have said is sufficient to show that there are among spirits 
a diversity of minds, and as many ways of reaching and 
calling into action that part which will be productive of 
good. The great effort, indeed the life, of the spirit, is to 
have the mind occupied in methods that will bring it in com- 
munion with the spiritual, which is the spirit of Him who 
rules all for their good. 

If the mind can only be brought to bear upon the influence 
of Christ as a principle given off from the paternal stem, 
it at once soars above the idea of a personal God, or of the 
possibility of God being clothed in flesh, or even Christ 
being a mediator by which we are to come to God. All 
nature is God speaking more plainly of himself than even 
Christ, or the words of any man. Spirits, knowing the 
errors entertained by their fellow-beings, sympathize with 
them. Having once entertained the same views, and also 
apprehending their expectations upon entering the spirit- 
world, and the disappointment sure to follow, they are on 
the alert for the opportunity of applying balm to their 
mingled fears and desires in regard to their future condition. 
They often produce effects which carry the mind over hell 
into heaven, comparatively speaking. In this connection let 
me remark, for fear of being misunderstood, that heaven 
and hell are not localities, but conditions of the mind. 
Whenever the mind feeds upon that which is satisfactory, 
there you find peace, which is heaven ; and vice versa. 

Spirits often linger by the beds of their sick friends, 
anxious to be the first to welcome them to their new home, 
and be instrumental in producing the first impressions, so as 
to make the loved ones feel no fears of hell gaping to receive 
them, or to expect Jesus to be more to them than other 
spirits. This is a source of great anxiety to spirits, to know 



26 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

how these impressions can be made with the best results, 
and in the most effectual manner of approaching them. 

When, by reading their minds, spirits become thoroughly 
convinced that their friends will meet with no disappoint- 
ment in their new home, they turn from earth with joy, 
and commence preparing a home for them. Watchfulness 
characterizes the spirit ; never forgetting the work to be done 
in preparing the way for others who are living in constant 
fear of what is termed " death." To us it is a happy transi- 
tion from the mundane to a higher life. 

In conformity with spirit-custom, it becomes necessary 
that all should conform to regulations promptly met by our 
own inclination, and not by force. If the spirit is a pro- 
gressive one, he chooses to be the instrument of propriety 
in conformity with his being ; if not, he falls to a plane suited 
to his evil inclinations, where no harm is produced but to 
himself, — there to remain, until, by his own exertions, he 
shall rise above those conditions, and be in a position to do 
good by assisting others also to turn from their erring course. 

Teachers we have ; but there must be a decided effort on 
the part of the spirit, or all labor for his personal good is 
lost. 

The highest conception of spirit in any form by mortals is 
but a mere outline of the reality. You have no conception 
of spirit in connection with labor ; hence you are lost when 
we say to you, " The spirit labors for your good." Because 
you feel not the touch, see not the form, hear not the voice, 
you feel alone, not realizing that the loved form which you 
have laid in the grave is nought but the garment worn out 
and gone to decay ; while at the same time that voice is not 
hushed, neither has it ceased its words of love and consolation 
for you. Close by your side the spirit stands, whispering 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 27 

words of endearing friendship, strengthening those ties of 
unity, breathing love from the depths of its spiritual nature, 
embracing the form with tenderness, approaching the door 
of your heart, and looking in upon the window of your 
mind, hoping there to find one sweet recollection cherished 
as a green spot in your summer life. 

Dear friends, will you grant this boon ? or shall we find 
the door of your affections locked by the thought that we 
are dead? Shall we read there a dread of our approach to 
your home-circle, or a welcome? This is for you to decide. 
We read your minds, and find it written there. 

But, should there be any who will welcome us, there will 
we abide with them, and they with us : our home is soon to 
be theirs. Welcome, friends ! the host is ready ; come ye in, 
and sup with us. The door of our hearts has been made 
larger by our exit here ; we feel to commune with all ; the 
bound of union with us lies not in church or creed, but in 
the broad assertion that ail humanity is one family, of which 
God is the father. 

If we should be allowed the full expression of our feel- 
ings, we would tear down edifices for public worship, and 
erect a place of worship in each individual breast, scatter 
church-organizations to the four winds, and bind all humanity 
together with a cord of love so strong, that it never can be 
broken. We would raise humanity to an elevation where 
all would view outward forms as mere incrustations, while 
goodness should be seen to proceed from the heart alone. 
We would separate Christ's teachings from the Bible, and 
the rest commit to the flames. Nature should be our Bible, 
and all humanity our Church ; whilst virtue, morality, and 
truth should be the standard, and progression be written 
upon the banner floating above it all. We would cause all 



28 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

individuals to turn to the more spiritual part of their nature 
for a better understanding of themselves and their relations 
to others, manifesting it in their daily life by acts of good- 
ness. 

SECTION FOURTH. 

In offering to the public our views upon different subjects, 
difficulties arise as to the understanding of the community, 
with whom rests the responsibility of searching to obtain 
more light. It often occurs in the direction of certain mis- 
apprehended instructions : there is a lack of penetration due 
the writer. In meeting these contingencies, we have select- 
ed such pieces as we thought necessary and suited to the 
needs of the understanding community. We therefore draw 
attention once more in the direction of spirit-life. This is a 
subject upon which we love to dwell. Its close connection 
with earth, by ties not yet severed, calls us back with a strong 
desire to attract the minds of those near and dear to us ; 
and we feel inclined still to linger upon the subject of our 
home, knowing that you are ignorant of our locality, con- 
dition, or surroundings, except as we approach, and make it 
known to you. 

Upon hearing the desire expressed by a dear friend to 
know whether family-circles were kept united with 'us, an 
impetus was given us in the direction to impart all knowl- 
edge which the mind thirsts for. Glad are we to hear ques- 
tions called forth upon all occasions, whether in the domes- 
tic circle, in places of amusement, or in the circle of social 
relations, regarding this subject, connected with the mode 
of spirit life or existence. It shows that there exists 
a desire for information touching that all-important subject, 
immortality, together with an increase of that pure relation- 
ship held so sacred by spirits. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 29 

The question arises, " Do family-circles keep united in 
spirit-life?" We answer, "Yes." To our knowledge it is 
always so. Congregating more with their immediate asso- 
ciates who were of that class while in earth-life, creates feel- 
ings of pleasure and mingled delight. While in their 
presence, there was something in their nature which pro- 
duced an effect between you mutually reciprocal, or you 
would not have enjoyed their society. 

Influences extend and are imparted to each other by a 
law founded in nature, and brought into exercise uncon- 
sciously by parties who are drawn together or attracted to 
each other. This influence we perceive, and seek to call it 
out where social relations harmonize, uniting societies with 
a cord of affinity which cannot be severed. This is more 
potent, so to speak, when brought to bear upon family rela- 
tions ; or, in other words, there is a secret, abiding, lasting 
tie, lurking deep in the breast of parent, child, brother, or 
sister, which is always active to a certain degree. This 
you see manifested in all family relations in earth-life, how- 
ever great the discordant element that may be working in the 
domestic circle. This feeling may slumber, or be dwarfed ; 
but, so sure as it has an existence, it is capable of being 
called into action, strengthened, and brought under the influ- 
ence of more congenial influences, tending to crush discord, 
and give this principle mastery over its opponent. 

This cannot otherwise be ; for influences proceeding from 
degrees of love go to make the spirit-life. There are ele- 
ments which form parts of the spirit : separate them, and 
you throw the spirit into confusion bordering upon insanity ; 
unite, and give the individual an understanding of their use 
by calling them into action, and you give him the elements 
of progression. 



30 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

This feeling pervades all humanity : it is the foundation 
upon which rests the infinite cord, keeping all as one family, 
inspiring each according to the love our natures are capable 
of receiving and imparting ; but, as we have before said, 
this is more potent or concentrated in the unity of families 
than in the different grades of classes promiscuously brought 
together. The more this bond is strengthened for each 
other, the more will it extend to all ; and also the reverse. 

This love cannot be expressed in words ; neither can we 
give you a fo^aste of its joys until it permeates your being, 
and you are prepared for its exercise. Then can we reach 
your understanding, and give you what is in the nature of 
every individual. We can only direct you to the fountain 
from whence the thirst for this love in your being is to be 
supplied, and you must make the effort to obtain it, throw- 
ing your whole energy for the good of others, which will 
soon develop more and more the unity of family relation- 
ship, strengthening it until it reaches spirit-life, there to 
receive a new impetus, binding more closely those bonds of 
unity which the ties of affinity always keep united. 



SECTION FIFTH. 

In regard to the many subjects brought forward for con- 
sideration, let us continue the one just discussed, bringing it 
up under the head of brotherly love ; or, as some upon the 
earth-plane have thought best to use the term, " free love." 
Fears are entertained for those whose ideas verge to this 
point. We pity such ; for we know they do not understand 
the word in its true meaning, nor its application to 
purity, gushing forth from the nature of love, undefiled by 
the allurements common to the baser or less cultivated 
faculties of mankind. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 31 

Can there be an overflow of love without its being free? 
We would ask, What is love? and from whence does it 
spring? and for what purpose was it given? To the first 
we would say, It is a gift from God, who has planted it in 
our natures that it might become a tree of knowledge, 
reaching to Him from whom it proceeded. Is this not to be 
free ? if so, then God is not to be free. Love is purity 
gushing forth from the heart, or the more spiritual part of 
our natures, inspiring us to be more like the Giver ; and is 
this not to be free ? Then the source from whence it pro- 
ceeds is not free. Love is the spontaneous outgrowth of 
our natures after divine truth. Love is that element by 
which the work of man from the divine source was given 
off, and made manifest in the flesh ; and is all this to be kept 
concealed or subdued? I say, No ! but let it flow with all 
its purity and strength, reaching from one to another, bind- 
ing all hearts together with the unity of love, free as the 
source from whence it proceeds. Let it gush forth, over- 
flowing your hearts with gladness, filling your thoroughfares 
with the glad saying, " Love is free ; come ye, and par- 
take of the waters of life." 

And for what was it given ? Can there be a mind so 
perverse to the teachings of Nature as to doubt the reality 
and use of love in connection with all God has made, even 
in man, the likeness of himself? Is here not a practical ex- 
ample of love? and are we to close the door of our hearts 
to the highest gift bestowed by the most bountiful of all 
Givers? Shall we shut the door of this practical virtue 
towards one another? can we supply its place? If so, 
then let us be up and doing, no longer relying upon the 
mercy of God for that love which he has been implored so 
fervently to grant. Let the mind pause and reflect before 
it denies, or even perverts, the truth of free love. 



32 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

Let us go back in our career of thought, and ascertain 
from what source the paternal ties were grafted or given off 
to man. Let us move this consideration and place it in 
your midst to-day. Is there one willing to be bereft of it? 
Let us also reflect upon the diversity of love. Shaping it 
to suit but one individual's understanding and experience, 
would you not demur, choosing the privilege of giving, re- 
ceiving, or taking it away as might suit your inclination? 
If it is not free, then it must be confined to a source which 
precludes free access. 

All must, sooner or later, not only admit, but practise, free 
love. Exclude it from your heart, and you tear the bonds 
of affection asunder, and place perversity, hatred, and 
wrong upon the throne of this the greatest of virtues. 
When practised to its fullest extent, and allowed to predomi- 
nate over all acts in our associations, it divests death of its 
terror, robs the grave of its victory, plants upon the head 
a crown whose brilliancy shines to all eternity. It also 
brightens the last days of age with the recollection that 
virtue and love were the controlling elements, guiding his 
winding way through life to the maturity incident and neces- 
sary to a happy entrance to his spirit-home. 

Love coils around the heart, shedding rays of pleasure, 
warming and thawing the coldness from the chilly mind of 
despair, and allowing the rays of the sun to bring forth fruits 
of love, meted out to others, springing from the same 
source. Love is the emblem of purity. Practise it, then, 
from the fulness of your hearts, never shrinking from the 
appellation or stigma given to it by the more ignorant, but 
try to share it with them also. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 38 



EVIDENCE OP IMMORTALITY. 

Robed in garments of love, we present for consideration 
these few lines. Teachings of various character are given 
to man for his elevation, having a tendency to call forth 
that which is ludicrous, or the reverse. The immortality 
of man has been a subject which has long engrossed public 
attention ; and how much nearer the truth is the human 
mind to-day than it was centuries ago in establishing the 
fact of the soul's immortality ! 

Every effort thus far has failed in proving the fact, that 
departed ones have the slightest recollection of their earthly 
existence. Theories may arise from education without giv- 
ing positive evidence : hence the words of the inspired 
poet, " Oh that spirits might unfold that mystery to 
man ! " Who has not often said in his heart, " May there 
be that fulness of truth given, pointing to some fact in rela- 
tion to immortality, which I may cherish with the same 
degree of satisfaction that I do my present existence " ? 
These thoughts are but the outgrowth of nature, which 
indicate needs to be supplied. 

The ruthless hand of death may sever earthly ties ; but 
it does not follow that there is a total change produced, 
but merely a separation of the mortal from the immortal. 
Then what becomes of that part which is more lasting than 
the bonds of consanguinity ? Perplexities here arise which 
never have been explained beyond supposition. Then, we 
ask, where is the fact demonstrated that immortality is for 
you? This must be demonstrated, or it fails to become a 
fact, so far as your understanding makes it appear. 

3 



34 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

Have you not departed friends whom you desire to con- 
sult in regard to the change they have passed through? 
Can the mind be most elevated in sustaining nought but 
theories or faith in immortality? If man fails to decide 
upon these points, we, as mediators, convey the desired 
knowledge to him in the same spirit that Christ conveyed 
facts to the people which they were unable to discern. 
Then let the mind dwell upon that point with the certainty 
it would do if we stood before you in the garb of Christ's 
living witnesses. 

Boldly we assert that immortality can be ascertained from 
no other source than from the intervention of spirits ; and 
we, as the embodiment of facts, through the investigation 
of spiritualism, can demonstrate immortality. We can prove 
beyond doubt the immortality of spirit-identity, which never 
heretofore has been anticipated as susceptible of proof. 

Closely do we wish to confine the mind to facts ; there- 
fore come forth and investigate, showing your spirit-friends 
that you are in readiness to receive evidence, never before 
demonstrated, of the fact of their existence. 

When one glides from the light of this world to that we 
propose to give, it places him in associations which belong 
not exclusively to mortals ; but there will gleam other lights, 
of such brilliancy as to preclude the possibility of confin- 
ing his mind to ideas of ancient origin. His mind will be 
more content with the fulness received through the aid of 
those of whom he cherishes sweet recollections. 

There has never been such testimony given to man as 
shall be given when his mind is divested of all that debars 
free intercourse and association with the immortals of 
spirit-life. Teachings founded upon facts will be given, 
instead of theories concerning eternity which are builded 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 35 

of speculations and ideas far-fetched and full of mystery. 
Awake, then, to spirit-communion ; and, should you not 
reap the fulness of expectation, you will most certainly 
ascertain, by demonstrations beyond human agency, the fact 
of immortality. Misery, hell-fire, and torment have been 
connected with immortality ; therefore under this head can 
be ascertained the facts relating to each. 

Punishment is considered an edict from God, and the 
churches cry "Amen;" therefore let spirits unmask the 
hidden spring, and let light and truth be revealed, demon- 
strating this idea to be a phantom of the imagination, rest- 
ing upon delusion and ignorance. 



SALVATION. 

Saltation is the keystone to happiness. Salvation is 
that elevating tendency, working through the nature, which 
lessens the hold of evil inclinations, and plants in its stead 
right precepts, which germinate within the sanctum of each 
individual breast. Salvation is overcoming past conditions 
by those which are better, forming and transforming anew ; 
so that each step in advance becomes salvation to its prede- 
cessor, regenerating by a better understanding of what duty 
requires, and subjecting the faculties to a high moral dicta- 
tion of right. 

But custom and so-called divine law have made salvation 
to be a saving ordinance through our Lord Jesus Christ. 
What an idea to suppose that upon the head of another 
depends the redemption of what concerns nobody but pur- 



36 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

selves ! Why should individuals seek to cast upon another 
that which is to them a bone of contention ? Had I done 
wrong, would it not be my duty to repair that wrong? 
Then what has a third person to do with the injury in- 
flicted or absolved? Why should people start at the idea 
of atoning for their own sins ? Can they not rise by strength 
of intellect to become masters of their own wrongs ? or must 
they cast them upon another, expecting to be cleansed from 
worldly ambition, pride, and all vice connected with their 
earth-life, indulging in the idea that this can take place at 
any time before the spirit leaves the body ? What an oppor- 
tunity it presents for continuing in sin, and practising that 
for which they expect him to atone ! — baseness of too low 
a character for them to make the least attempt to overcome. 

Spiritually defined, no injury is inflicted by wrong but 
upon the one harboring it. The mind of him whom we 
seek to injure can remain pure ; while ours is blackening 
with the damning influence of hellish designs. It remains 
with ourselves to cherish or crush these evil tendencies. 
Then why is it necessary for one in the garb of Christ to 
be more than a teacher, pointing the way more clearly by 
which mankind can overcome the evils that beset them on 
every hand, and raise themselves intellectually and spirit- 
ually to meet purer conditions? 

Salvation has been looked upon as something remote 
from the individual, and must be sought in the name of 
Christ, accompanied with his blood as a perquisite. This 
arises from false conceptions of his teachings. Nearly all 
the ideas advanced by the patriarchs are so crude an unfold- 
ing of Christ's true mission, that we are led to exclaim, 
" Can food for the advanced mind be found in records suited 
only to the desires and understanding of people living at 
the time they were given ? " 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 37 

The teachings of Christ, when thoroughly understood, 
make all accountable to themselves for crushing their God- 
given powers, and call upon each soul to work out its own 
salvation. More efficacious truths could never be uttered 
than are found in Christ's words, when he says, " Give me 
thine heart," meaning the severing of earthly ties from the 
better part of man's nature, or that which had a tendency 
to keep the baser part in subjection to that higher law of 
which he was ever a devoted observer. 

When man understands that his salvation proceeds from 
himself, how much more efficacious are those sayings, 
teaching that salvation consists more in making reparation 
for his wrongs than through the blood of this individual 
Christ ! There is that fulness in his teachings that will 
prepare an individual for pure and elevating intercourse, 
while never shrinking from those duties which devolve upon 
him in working out his own salvation. 

Salvation is a regeneration of that germ manifested in 
the character of Christ, by which all will be raised to the 
standard of practical works, and led from a state of igno- 
rance to spiritual discernment ; their obligations to look 
beyond him, preparatory to a place in his Father's mansion, 
being recognized. 

"Who can read the words of Christ without feeling at 
heart that there is a great work to do ? — something more than 
calling upon his name. Let the vitalizing principle of his 
teachings extend its influence over the dominion of life, and 
feed the soul with fruits of immortal glory, gathered by 
diligent maintenance of the precepts laid down as a guide 
to follow. Every act counts for the individual, by its saving 
tendency, or the reverse. Then salvation rests with our- 
selves ; making each responsible for the wayward use made 



38 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

of gifts bestowed for a God-given purpose. He who rules 
designed in the beginning, that, the nearer man approaches 
his greatness, the more his glory and wisdom should be dis- 
played. Let us rise, then, in the power of might, and 
produce new shoots of mental attainment, every way char- 
acteristic of a holier and more zealous determination to 
work out our own salvation. 



ESSAY ON MAN. 

Man is the combination of several component parts : each 
taken separately or collectively forms a constituent division 
of the human machine. All includes the man. All else 
can be nought, compared to this mechanism of God's handi- 
work. Every part is so adapted as to allow of no inter- 
ference from Nature, aside from laws governing it for some 
particular purpose. These different properties of which we 
are composed are undergoing continual changes, manifested 
in various forms, and, when taken in their true relation, com- 
pose all we claim as the machine through which the spirit 
gives its manifestations. 

Form is necessary : therefore all coming under this head 
include the human species. 

What can engross the mind of man with more interest 
than the different parts of his body, and the changes taking 
place, by which his existence is maintained, and he enabled 
to thrive, and reach the standard of maturity? 

The brain, according to information obtained by taking 
cognizance of the peculiar office it performs, is composed of 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 39 

small tissues, adhering so closely to the nerves as to make 
understood each individual necessity of the system. 

These are so perfectly arranged as to admit of no decep- 
tion ; the one complying with the desires of the other : hence 
all ideas flow to the brain through the aid of the nerves. 

The nervous system is composed of small fibres ramify- 
ing through every part, producing sensation throughout the 
entire body. These conglomerate into one mass, separated 
only by the divisions, passing and repassing in performing 
the duty assigned them. They comprehend, so to speak, the 
faculty of understanding, by acting upon the brain, which 
is the seat or centre of the nervous system. All action 
proceeds from this organ ; making will-power the only re- 
quisite quality to be brought into action. 

The brain seems to be more disconnected from any other 
organ than has been supposed by those whose opportunities 
for investigation were limited to its inactive state. The 
controlling influence, connection, and aid of the nerves in 
relation to this organ, has been sought for by our most 
eminent physicians. 

Research after research has been made in that direction, 
but has failed from the necessity of seeing its full develop- 
ment in the performance of its duty while in an active state. 
Whenever there is demonstration sufficient to carry the 
Current of ideas to the brain, it is stamped there with what- 
ever power the nerves are able to convey, and no more ; 
hence, as we have before said, all knowledge received goes 
through this channel, making that organ the recipient. 

The brain, or, in other words, the seat of reason, is replete 
with discretion, guiding us aright. The higher and more 
essential qualification we place before this organ, the nearer 
it raises us to a stand-point emblematical of God. Man's 



40 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

essential qualification is the power of bringing forth all 
that is combined in his nature. Laws intervene between 
God and that which he has made ; and it is necessary that 
we study those laws, coming thus more and more into 
harmony with his purposes. Let man bestow much culture 
in the direction of his moral faculties ; then step from 
thence to more abundant themes of conversational powers, 
combined with the elements of his internal unfolding. This 
is the starting-point of all that makes man an intelligent 
being, capable of reasoning. 

In following man through the various combinations com- 
posing the external and interior development of his organi- 
zation, we perceive that all tends to fetch the soul into 
recognition. To this intent is he adapted, shaping the 
faculties so as to centre the soul in him, making man an 
inhabitant of the soul in this life as much as hereafter ; the 
future being but a continuation of this. 

The most potent step in all understanding brings the soul 
into fulness of sympathy with the higher destiny awaiting 
it, and keeps the unction of holy zeal working in the nature. 
Man aspires to nothing beyond what the soul imbibes. All 
aspirations are called forth by the propelling influence of the 
mind, which assumes a dictatorial command over the body, 
and conquers its atrocious propensities toward a life of 
infamy and shame. 

The soul is a combination of essential principles, giving 
outward manifestations of the inner man, and recalling 
sublime thoughts which go to make the whole. 

Such is man collectively, designated as the image of his 
maker. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 41 



MAGNETISM THE LAW OF INSPIRATION. 

The law of mind is a study brought out under the relations 
of magnetic control, or psychological influence imparted 
from one mind to another, conveying intelligence, dictating 
sentiments, and establishing a connection between the ope- 
rator and his subject ; developing in the minds of both a 
medium of communication. It carries the mind operated 
upon far beyond its own ability of intellect, tracing the 
thoughts received to some source outside of and beyond 
itself. It collects the understanding of minds far in advance, 
taking hold of ideas, mastering them with ease, ana* furnish- 
ing a source of reliable information beyond any conception 
of one not receiving this current of communication. This 
effect upon the mind enables the operator to extend his 
influence, subjecting the ones operated upon to the will of 
the magnetizer, making them understand what he under- 
stands, see what he sees, hear what he hears ; his thoughts 
becoming theirs. Bringing the brain under control governs 
all the rest ; so that his experiments are crowned with 
success. 

In centering this influence upon the brain, it becomes 
necessary that the subject should be passive, yielding to the 
control, quietly submitting to the effects desired to be pro- 
duced, and blending his inclination with that of the operator. 
He soon begins to show control over the individual by dic- 
tating to his subject through the power of mind, and hold- 
ing converse by the same power ; he commands by thought, 
and is obeyed ; gives utterance to thoughts silently, and they 
are repeated audibly by the one controlled ; making two 
minds blend in one ; one obeying the other. 



42 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

It is this element, or will-power, in man, which, when con- 
centrated upon the l^rain, forms an influence called mesmer- 
ism, or mesmeric control. This law is no more nor less than 
the application of mind desiring control. Those whose sus- 
ceptibilities are yielding are made the recipients of power 
and influence from others, and can be easily wrought upon 
by them. Hence mesmerism with you, to-day, is fixed in 
the mind, had its origin there, and remains subservient to 
the mind alone. 

To him who doubts this, let me say, Search long and 
deep into the law of mind controlling mind ; and you will 
ascertain that this principle governs individuals more or less 
in their daily associations with each other. It is founded 
in every individual breast by virtue of strength of will, 
combining firmness, and a determination to bring all subject 
to their power of control. 

Concentrating this within the mind, it acts upon com- 
munities, and from thence affects governments. Uniting 
the power of magnetism proceeding from the minds of 
the people, it manifests itself according to the strength or 
determination to carry its purposes into effect. 

When one stands in a position to view all who are con- 
nected with any branch of investigation, or with discoveries 
leaxling to thought, deep study, and extended experimental 
knowledge, they are led at once to realize the power and 
force of so potent an influence as this subject presents. 
Such as have never investigated know nothing of the 
truthfulness contained in the position taken, and treated 
upon as facts arising within the jurisdiction of intellect : 
therefore come forth and investigate, and our position as 
we pass along will be made clear. The opportunities are 
before you : this law is extensively carried into effect, 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 43 

demonstrating its existence beyond doubt, until now it has 
taken its place among the many established laws following 
in the wake of scientific research. 

The time was when the power of electricity and steam 
was not understood, and the laws of gravitation were looked 
upon as delusion ; also the shape and rotation of the earth 
were denied. Did not this arise from ignorance rather 
than because these truths did not exist? Just so is it with 
the law of mind controlling mind, and its extension beyond 
this life. 

The srovernino: laws of nature demand attention from the 
thinking, investigating part of the community. Legalized 
by God, they are the rightful possession of minds given to 
know of these things, and to practise the benefits arising 
therefrom. 

The time has fully arrived when this law should be un- 
derstood. No excuse is befitting any one for not weighing 
and reasoning upon the subject carefully, more ready to 
arrive at truth than to condemn. Be exalted above the 
supposition, "it may be so," and bring yourselves to facts 
worthy to become a part of the knowledge of the nineteenth 
century. This law was ever in existence since the first 
formation of man. Through man came its birth, engendering 
the different attributes of his nature ; and, when understood, 
it clears up many points in the Christian dogmas pointing 
back to ancient origin now considered as the word of God. 

This law is not confined to mortals ; for what pertains to 
and is established by the mind is carried beyond this life. 
And who shall say that a diminished capacity is entailed upon 
the spirit after it has left the body? We read, "It hath 
not entered the heart of man to conceive what he shall be : " 
then give him all the power, knowledge, and glory after 
this life that he carries with him. 



44 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

The most essential point in coming to conclusions regard- 
ing this law is its future existence, and whether it can be 
exercised by the mind, or not. What evidence is there to 
the reverse? Clothe the spirit in eternity with just dues, 
merited by close application to laws governing its earthly 
existence, and you have but given it the reward sustained 
by diligence in improving upon the talent given, and which 
you have no right to divest it of, either in this life or the 
world to come. Your ancient records, given you as the word 
of God, breathe it forth more clearly, and define the mani- 
festations of this power exercised by spirits of the departed 
in a more conclusive and abrupt manner, than is called for 
here. It has been handed down from the pen of one writer 
to another, who have translated it according to their ability 
to transfer language, until it hath lost that purity of in- 
spiration practised by unseen intelligences holding control 
of the human organism at the present day. Beware how 
thought transmitted through this law from disembodied 
spirits finds its place with you as the word of God ! 

They are in your midst in the form of angels and evil 
spirits as spoken of in those records, and all have access to 
this law ; and, finding a mind susceptible to their influence, 
they stamp it there. Hence are you subject to this law 
of control from a diversity of spirits, some desirous of im- 
parting good to the best of their ability, and raise mankind 
to a high, spiritual standard of inspiration. What is in- 
spiration but receiving light from a higher source ; and 
when one mind is acted upon by another far in advance, 
giving more exalted views of Christianity and God, what 
can it be but inspiration ? And such do you term it ; but 
the source from whence it came you are ignorant of. 

Wrong constructions have been put upon spirit-teachings 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 45 

heretofore given through this same channel of inspiration, 
and which afterwards it has been perceived the minds of 
the people were not prepared to indorse. Not advancing 
far enough from their old stand-point of forms to pierce to 
the spirit of Christ's teachings, the mind has been led astray 
from those truths, pure when given, but terribly mutilated 
in seeking to conform them to the ideas of others, or clothing 
them in a garb befitting the different sects and denomina- 
tions which have since arisen. 

Actuated by this knowledge of existing misapprehen- 
sion, do spirits come in the form of angels or guides, as 
in ancient times. Even those spirits who gave th.e instruc- 
tions in your Bible are desirous of giving higher light, and 
disclosing the true meaning they intended should be received. 
If the mind is clothed with bigotry, declaring that there can 
be nothing in advance of the Bible, or that it is the word of 
God including the whole truth, and that it is useless to look 
for further progress of the mind, then let those spirits that 
gave the Bible teach you now. Those patriarchs are still 
competent to instruct ; neither have they lost their interest 
in the welfare of man. Then w T hat can be the reason, aside 
from prejudice, for not receiving their teachings to-day? 

Christ talked with Moses and Elias ; and shall we repu- 
diate spirit-communion when he was familiar with it? 
John the revelator was about to worship a spirit, when 
he rebuked him, saying, " See thou do it not ; for I am 
of thy fellow-servants the prophets." Paul speaks so mi- 
nutely of spirit-power, and its diversity of manifestations, 
that we forbear a repetition, referring to them as now 
taking place in your midst. Many passages we could quote, 
showing that in them spirits were teaching the people ; and 
when they prophesied it was through spirit-influence, ope- 



46 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

rating by mesmeric control, or mind acting upon mind, per- 
fectly in accordance with natural laws. 

The heresies of the past are not alone attributable to mis- 
interpretation. Much error arose in the minds of the peo- 
ple after the inspiration was received ; and, being governed 
by kings, much was shut out or kept from being added to 
those sacred writings, which otherwise would have been 
received as inspiration, but which, from the ignorance and 
superstition of the people, was regarded as injurious, and 
therefore suppressed. And is not that same feeling, to some 
extent, rife in your midst to-day in regard to inspiration being 
given now as of old? The idea is rather indulged that the 
times of spirit communion and ministry are past, and that 
the ancients were a privileged people, lighting a lamp which 
is forever to light your pathway ; and that no other can equal 
it. Assertion after assertion is made by intelligent individ- 
uals, re-affirming the statements of others, that spirit-inspira- 
tion is in your midst to-day ; but you turn away, saying in 
your hearts, it is not so, but still clinging to that of the 
past. 

These thoughts you have been reading are given by inspi- 
ration through the organism of her who pens them down. 
Her mind is simply acted upon by unseen intelligences, 
or disembodied spirits, transmitting to her their thoughts 
through this law ; and she pens them down, taking no 
thought what to write, but writing the first occurring word, 
until sentences, yea, these entire writings, are produced ; 
and it is as incumbent upon her to peruse them for an 
understanding as upon you. How account you for this, 
aside from the intervention of this law made use of by 
minds out of the body? 

The inspiration of the past is no more striking ; neither 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 47 

does it present a more impressive phase than this. The 
ancients were often made to give utterance to that which they 
did not understand ; but in their ignorance they attributed it 
to the Lord. But, in this age of progress, the mind has grown 
beyond those ideas, and now plants all things upon princi- 
ples governed by immutable law ; doing away with mira- 
cles, and holding them as subject to the ignorance of the 
people at the time they were enacted. 

Oh that all might be brought to behold the truths of 
inspiration to-day, as much as ever ! It flows with all the 
purity that the disembodied spirit is capable of imparting, 
and no more ; and so has it ever been. Let the mind rise 
from the past, and drink of present inspiration, that it may 
be qualified to judge of inspiration, both past and present, 
and its ever-controlling law. The time is past for past in- 
spiration ; and, if we have it now in our midst, it is lost, 
resting with those who received it. Then let us rise to a 
full conviction of its necessity, unshackling the mind from 
past events, and beholding truths founded upon present 
facts. All knowledge comes by effort : no one can obtain 
it for another, satisfactorily ; and ignorance, distrust, and 
doubt is the portion of him who leans upon another, 
never feeling certain or satisfied with the results acquired 
from so unreliable a source. The only way, then, is for 
each individual's knowledge to be based upon personal evi- 
dence, and facts sustained by thorough investigation. 



48 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 



HUMAN AND UNIVERSAL NATURE. 

Human nature is the same throughout the universe. The 
same manifestations are due from all ; all stand accounta- 
ble to the same source for happiness or misery ; all are 
indicted by the same law of restriction ; all possess mus- 
cular power, endurance, life, animation, and have access 
to the more refined feelings of the heart ; all are invited 
to the throne of grace, there to partake of the richness of 
blessings kept in store for them ; all are accessible to this 
fountain. 

The rain from heaven pours upon all : the sun sheds forth 
rays of light and heat upon every quarter of the globe, in- 
viting all humanity to partake of its exhilarating draught. 
Nature invites all, without distinction : her garb of verdure 
and vegetation yields for one as much as for another. The 
lily of the valley, the ripe fruit upon a thousand hills, ex- 
tend their fragrance and palatable taste to the poor, forlorn 
mendicant as much as to the wealthy and arrogant. In the 
distributions of Nature there is ever an equality shown ; and 
so is it with human nature. The more Nature is studied, the 
nearer will she seem to approximate to man. She was made 
purposely for the use of man, and therefore comes as near 
the standard of man as substance can, not endowed with 
reason : when viewed from one stand-point, she seems to be 
man void of reason. So closely allied are they, that it is 
the endowment of this one faculty that separates or makes 
any distinction between the two. Nature unfolds her pecu- 
liarities ; and so does human nature in man. At every 
turn in life, there comes into existence something to show 
that mankind are not separate and distinct each from the 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 49 

other, but one distribution covers all, meted out irrespective 
of rank, station, or wealth. For every manifestation given 
in Nature, there is a corresponding one in man. The elements 
of which he is composed Mother-earth holds at her bid- 
ding ; and the satisfaction of every part of his organization 
depends upon her for a supply, keeping the locomotive of 
life upon the wheels of time, feeding, nursing, and engen- 
dering ties, which, when the spirit ceases to act, unite and 
form one. 

The life-principle engendered from the great Fount of all 
is given to man no more than to Nature, excepting that part 
of the deity which he takes back to himself when man is 
prostrated upon a level with Nature. In defining Nature 
and man aside from the spirit, it is impossible to make a 
distinction. They are one ; and from the same source they 
came, and to the same material do they go back, and the 
same purpose does each one share in producing vegetation ; 
each part going to make the whole. In discriminating 
between man and Nature, it is the mind that gives him 
superiority ; and it is this that gives him pre-eminence and 
power over the brute creation. Separate this one fact, and 
you are lost to know what man is as distinct from Nature. 

The undeveloped man is the same as if void of mind for 
the time being; and, while in this condition, Nature makes 
every effort to perfect the machine through which it is to 
operate, bringing it into full proportions in the strength of 
maturity : it is the hand of Nature taking care of her own. 
If Nature is deficient in maturing the mind, she is fully 
competent to perfect its method, and challenges man to do 
his part in the use of mind thus crowning her work with 
immortality. If man promptly fulfils his part, he becomes 
the emblem of his Maker, leaving Nature in its steady tread 
4 



50 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

to form that peculiar to itself. In the division of all for- 
mations, Nature proportions out to each their particular 
grade, retaining instinct for the animal, reason for man, 
reproduction for the vegetable, and inert properties for 
the mineral. Thus the gradations pass from one state 
of regeneration to another, never forming an amalgamation 
of elements producing man in part, then transformed to 
something else, perchance an animal or a plant, and thence 
back again to man or some other formation. Nature holds 
its law within itself, mastering all with a rod of precision, 
moulding each form into that it is destined to become, hold- 
ing sway over the elements composing the variety of for- 
mations going forth side by side as wrought upon by the 
spirit of the great I AM, calling upon this element to 
arouse and become a living formation peculiar to itself, and 
then to that, until the whole universe is diversified with 
animal, vegetable, and mineral combinations all going to 
form the whole. The growth of the human is marked by 
similar steps, arriving to maturity and going to decay. 

In the firm progress of man and Nature as composed of 
elements, the one becomes a living being, and then returns 
back to the elements from which it was formed. Thus 
doth Nature support man, and become to him what no other 
source can, and likens him to her emblem of the divine. 

In approaching the subject of man as distinct from Nature, 
we have only to touch upon the spiritual, and he looms 
before you in the garb of Christ and his teachings, promul- 
gating truths uttered from the depths of that sanctity of 
thought belonging to the spirit alone, of which he is a 
practical example, spiritually, intellectually, and morally 
defined. 

This attribute all men possess, giving one broad range 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 51 

of intellect, broad as the source from whence it came, and 
enduring as eternity. All come within its sphere, and 
comprise one human family, of which God is the father, 
who loves all, and from the richness of his bounty in Nature's 
store supplies every need. 

The giving and taking away that part of man which 
is only destined to exist here is the modus operandi of 
placing him in a rudimental condition preparatory to his 
entrance upon a higher life. There is a result of earthly 
experience which continues, and which goes in advance, 
as it were, of his separation from the body, approaching 
nearer the throne from whence that immortal part was given, 
and for which he feels grateful when the separation from 
Nature's grasp occurs ; and that division of elements takes 
place never again to be united, by whose inherent power 
each is forced to its own destiny. 

Such is Nature, through which the spirit operates in form- 
ing man ; and long may it continue, for by it are we made 
spirits with immortality written upon every countenance ! 



EDUCATION. 

Society in general is divided into classes, of which 
education forms the basis. It is the commencement of a 
life of usefulness, making honor and ability the guide to 
all improvement in morals, both in a religious and intel- 
lectual point of view. Broad is the arena of education, 
leading the student up the rugged hill of science, and open- 
ing before him a broader field of observation, planting Lis 



52 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, 

feet upon the tide of advancement, and calling upon the 
intellect to arouse and define its various positions. 

Education limited to one particular channel, or proscribed 
either by ecclesiastical rule or the interposition of any bar- 
rier, is destructive to the intellect : it closes the avenues 
of instruction, dwarfs meditation, crushes investigation, 
and produces intellectual stagnation of all the powers com- 
bined in the mind, which is the highest type of God made 
manifest in flesh. Freedom of intellect is the highest 
rule to be observed, aside from obedience to the higher intel- 
lect, — God. The right of every individual to choose what- 
ever is best suited to the understanding ; and the right to 
interpret all things, each according to his ability, using 
reason instead of others' authority ; penetrating into all ac- 
cessible sources for truth ; holding every idea subject to a 
more advanced comprehension ; looking upon religious, 
literary, and national subjects as only to be fathomed by 
letting the intellect rule free and unbiassed ; framing the 
highest conception of right, and acting therefrom, — this 
should be the first subject to elicit the attention of youth, 
being established as the basis of their future course. Let 
education point in that direction, developing freedom, equali- 
ty, and love for all. The foundation of all schools and col- 
leges should rest upon this platform. Here begins the 
early training of our most brilliant minds ; and how im- 
portant that the starting be right ! 

The young and untutored mind is naturally flexible, yield- 
ing to superiors, capable of being taught liberal sen- 
timents : it has also a capacity for high and extended 
aspirations, calling out qualities which will work its own 
salvation, or the reverse. Education plants firmly the seeds 
of error under the guidance of false teachings, which grow 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 53 

to be trees so thoroughly rooted, that years are allowed to 
pass before the intellect is prepared to sap the foundation 
of so firm a growth. Hence w T hen we study mankind, and 
see so little progress upon spiritual subjects, or advancement 
from ideas matured thousands of years ago, we are led to 
exclaim, " Why are not our institutions of learning alive to 
this fact ? " They are in some respects the hierarchy of 
education, blasting and withering the growth of spiritual 
intellect by a creed-bound adherence to the Scriptures, mak- 
ing all else tend to this one point. To such an extent is 
this carried, that it excludes free interchange of thought 
if it conflicts with Bible sentiments. No book is above 
reason. Reason should govern the man ; for that is demon- 
strated beyond doubt to be a gift from God, while the other 
remains in obscurity. 

The object of education is advancement. Then what 
doth it profit an individual to curb the intellect, or narrow 
it down to one stand-point touching any subject, and hold 
to nothing in advance upon that point ? Can there be due 
expansion of intellect in a mind so directed? Such is the 
commencement or early training of many who are prepar- 
ing to go forth as instructors. 

Education, in its broad sense, means a constant unfolding 
of the mental powers, increasing the influx by degrees, until 
the whole realm of thought becomes one vast field of mental 
acquirement. 

Ready is any one thus qualified to go forth as a teacher ; 
and such do the community demand to vitalize the minds 
of the young with a desire to soar above bigotry and the 
chimerical doctrines of the day. 

Education is developed according as the faculties are 
aroused to a sense of more light ; and in that proportion 



54 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

does an individual become free, high-minded, and liberal, 
or dogmatic, sectarian, and forestalled by prejudice. The 
less brilliant the mind, the more it adheres to these different 
points. 

In the rudimental discipline, the first step should be to 
fasten the mind upon some useful purpose involving an 
extended range of thought upon all subjects, together with 
literary pursuits. This, dwelt upon with mature reflection, 
is sure to develop original ideas, and thus is accomplished 
bold strides in learning. Education cannot be too progres- 
sive, bringing to bear upon the community truths in keep- 
ing with the progressive demands of the age. Education 
simplified and brought to each one's experience unfolds 
in daily practice from youth to old age. Benefits multiply ; 
and the contingencies depending upon this branch of human 
endowment are too numerous to mention. 

Would that it lay in our power to present some argument 
which might reach the intellect, and arouse it to a full con- 
viction of the importance of education ! How aspiring is 
the mind of a student whose aspirations carry him above 
all obstacles impeding his advancement ! Such a one is 
truly the light of the world. Commendations too high 
cannot be placed upon his head. With fervor we ascribe 
to him the motto, " Well done, good and faithful servant ! 
enter thou into the joys of thy Lord." The world depends 
upon education for civilization, and millions are gazing 
with eager expectation toward our institutions of learning ; 
may they see that progress in them due from so responsible 
a source ! 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 55 



SYMPATHY. 

When life seems dreary and dull, the invigorating balm 
of sympathy feeds the soul longing for sympathizing com- 
memoration of the many events which transpired in the 
morning of life. The endearing ties of friendship cluster 
around the memory, brightened by recollections of ever- 
beneficent designs acting upon those with whom associations 
were formed for the purpose of promoting their greatest 
good. When we carefully review the past, with a feeling 
resplendent with victory over the many efforts combining 
influence, wealth, and power, how hard is it to relax those 
energies so long cherished as the groundwork of existence ! 

Meditation upon the varying course of life brings us 
every day to a standard conflicting with some error, or upon 
the side of right, and hastily converges the more important 
acts to a point where all looms before the memory with 
pleasure or regret. 

The marked differences of individual minds, together 
with their varied unfoldings, lead to action when is brought 
before the intellect broad assertions of truth. Such as the 
mind is prepared to indorse and apply practically, it an- 
nounces, and tries to inspire others with the same views and 
opinions.- 

The groundwork of recollection forms an important part 
in the life of every one, sympathizing and blending the 
inclinations to suit the conditions they 'are called upon to 
meet. Life is composed of enactments which draw the 
mind in this and then in that direction ; dwelling upon what 
is in no way satisfactory, then grasping ideas beyond, and 



56 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

revolving them over and over, until they are sifted ' and 
recognized as the right principles to govern. Thus is the 
mind tossed to and fro, accepting and discarding, balanced 
by the dictates of a right mediator between the principles 
of justice, right and wrong. All these combined magnify 
the precepts of the mind into a revolving disquietude, touched 
upon by the memory, softened by sympathy, long years 
after the recollections have departed to spirit-life. 

Recollection renders every act of life amenable to the 
charge of being accomplished in accordance with the loftiest 
dictates, pre-eminent over the object to be attained. The 
consolation derived from this source of reflection is worth 
double the conflict in obtaining it. When it once governs, 
and guides to this standpoint of equity and honor, and then 
to another in advance, it divests you of error, and you become 
the co-worker of mankind in general, listening to and pro- 
mulgating such truths and doctrines as have their effect upon 
the virtuous part of your nature. It coincides with the 
great facts brought to light by the influx of intelligence 
floating among the masses, which are criticised by individual 
minds, and call out ideas in social intercourse. The ten- 
dency is to wipe from the heart bitterness, and to create 
thirst for sociability upon a basis of brotherly love ; stirring 
from its heart's depths feelings of appreciation, and a desire 
to share with others that which is to you so great a source 
of information. 

The heavens may open to declare this to man ; but his 
fulness is incomplete without a taste of fellowship, working 
hand in hand with every maintenance of superiority of in- 
tellect engendered from the every-day walks of life. The 
most sublime thoughts and reflections of the past, present, 
and future, rest upon the good foundation resulting from 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 57 

habits of a pure and elevating character, and of social inter- 
change of sentiment. Sociability of nature calls out, in its 
promiscuous sharing of all intelligence coming in its way, 
sympathy, and a charitable feeling towards humanity, modi- 
fying dignity and overbearance ; for these, being divested by 
intimacy, may present rare gems of intellect. 

Warm-hearted, sociable, sympathizing individuals are 
the ones who stand in the rear of conflicts, called there by 
their sympathizing natures, sharing others' woes and afflic- 
tions, blending and moulding their feelings into the cast of 
human suffering. The ordinary share of intimacy due 
every one is in proportion to the intelligence and good they 
feel the need of receiving and imparting. 

How sure is this intimacy to produce recollections of 
events forgotten perhaps for years, but which, as sure as they 
occurred, have a place in memory capable of being called up 
to refresh the mind with scenes of pleasure, spicing life 
with the sympathetic endearments connected with friends 
who hold a place near and dear in your reminiscences of the 
past ! 

Cautiousness demands its share of attention ; but, when it 
creeps in and takes away liberality and intimacy of feeling, 
it is a perversion of that faculty, and robs the nature of one 
of God's choicest gifts. 

The aim in life should be peace, good will towards all, 
forming recollections founded upon a basis of friendship, 
strengthened by the hand of time, fostered in the lap of 
obedience to the intention of raising humanity to the wel- 
come trust of our every-day life. 

As time rolls on, and the spirit is wafted to the shores of 
eternity, the emotions peculiar to the human heart are 
revivified and made more sanguine. The mind plunges 



58 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

deeper into the feelings for meditation, and creates a longing 
desire for union again with those friends who formed a part 
of its associations. Such are the feelings of a spirit, and 
such has characterized my spirit-life, emblematical of earth 
peculiarities. 

When all meet, and are again joined in association, never 
more to be separated by death, then will we weave a garland 
of attachment, uniting our sympathies into one band of 
spirit-fello wship . 



DEVELOPMENT. 

Development is the sanctity of thought and education. 
Who has not beheld the unfolding of the petals of a flower, 
in all its beauty, enriched by Nature, shaping its propor- 
tions, basking in the full strength of flowerhood, ready for 
the hand of appreciation to partake of its full measure of 
beauty ? The like applies to humanity ; commencing with 
the child, it forms and blooms into growth of stature, which 
ripens to old age, maturing in spirit-life, waiting for the 
bounties of recompense to waft them on to progression. 
The fullest extent of development is but the beginning of 
maturity, self-maturing according to the emblems of divine 
work, aiding the original intrinsic value to proceed to a 
state of development suited to the age of the subject of 
human growth. 

In manifesting divine will, development of mind is the 
object sought. Mental elements, enriched and prepared by 
use, assimilate as though pressed and crowded together ; 
and development of mind is the result. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 59 

In the beginning of every formation, and following it to 
a more advanced stage, the developing process is the one 
incentive of Nature, grasping the lower, and bringing there- 
from products of a higher grade ; and to enumerate the 
length of time in which development has been the master 
requires an age of experience and reason ; for when devel- 
opment was not is not for us to say. 

Reasoning from analogy, we should infer that God him- 
self was the embryo of development, and our conclusions 
would be drawn from Nature ; for, with the spirit, Nature 
is God ; therefore all coming within his law of progression 
manifests the principle of development. But development 
brought within the bearing of human understanding must 
appeal to the senses through actual demonstration. 

The experience of every one shows conclusively that de- 
velopment has been the work of ages, forming and trans- 
forming the higher from the lower ; and thus proceeds the 
process of formation in Nature. But with man it is more 
within himself, spiritually as well as physically. 

Why should not Nature show those same indications 
within itself, indicating man? 

In the beginning, saith the Bible, was light ; but we 
contend that in the beginning was chaos, and from thence 
sprang man, carried forth by the laws of development, 
gradually emerging more and more, until there came the 
full development of a throne sufficient for reason to dwell 
upon ; and thus you have man as he is to-day. In perceiv- 
ing the ties of unity, which bind all things together by the 
cord of progression, governed by the laws of attraction, 
adhering and coalescing each with its sister part, how can 
we depart from the idea of man proceeding from a state 
of development? 



60 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

In the unfolding of an elementary principle beginning 
with chaos, the tendency is to unite, form, separate, and 
form anew, until the object of development is carried to its 
full extent ; and then commences a routine of irregularities, 
shaping according to the tendency of the development. 

In the interim of commotion producing changes, throw- 
ing divine effort in the direction of man, why should he not 
be the object of development when all tends to his advan- 
tage through the manifestations of a higher divinity located 
in the faculty of reasoning? thus becoming subservient to 
him through the channel of education. 

Matter refined and ethereal becomes the emblem of the 
Creator, through a process of bringing together particle 
after particle, until the whole combined forms the human 
organism. Of this there is an immortal part, divining 
special providence as the germinating tree of knowledge, 
mixed and intermixed with the eternal incidents of his 
being, until one forms the other, and a mutual reciprocation 
occurs ; and finally, through the laws of progression, both 
merge into and form one. In this connection we may ask, 
is not the Creator himself matter, or a substance subject to 
development and progression ; the principal object of which 
is to endow mankind with a fervor clue the element of which 
he is composed, turning all to good account, and to the wel- 
fare of mankind in general ; holding forth the implements 
subject to divine law, for us to grasp and apply to the eter- 
nal welfare of every being? 

Tracing the connection through this channel brings to 
observation the fact that man sprang into existence in this 
way. Spiritually defined, we trace him from the first with 
as clear a conception as that particles of matter were united 
to form others ; and thus proceeds man from the spirit, 
which is, always was, and forever is to be. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 61 

In ascending from chaos, there seem to be steps so occult, 
manifested in the formation of man, that we leave this part 
of him in obscurity, and penetrate to the spiritual, which 
gives marked ideas of his origin and descent through the 
material ; shaping him at every step with more and more 
precision. How vast is that ethereal domain contemplated 
as the sphere of visitation of his Holiness in passing 
through space, renovating the most refined substances, and 
forming man ! In this connection let us give a synopsis of 
the culminating points in the fulfilment of all creative 
design. Man embodies development ; possesses reason, 
developing that innate principle which is a spark of the Deity ; 
possesses powers combined with a faculty for their use ; 
reflecting and being acted upon by a superior power, revolves 
with the ebbing and flowing of life's current, until lost in 
the abyss of God's habitation. Thus it will be seen that he 
is the beginning and end of all, coming in direct connection 
with himself. 

It is better to trace the spiritual, for that will be the side 
presented in spirit-life, and leave the material for the specu- 
lations of geologists. 

Whoever traces the demonstrations incident to matter 
will find enough from which to draw conclusions that there 
was a time when man did not exist. In the formation of all 
things there must be a beginning. Then are we to conclude 
this to be the primitive effort of Nature, when divine influ- 
ence was thrown in that direction ? Although conversant 
with spirits who have been inhabitants of spirit-life for ages 
succeeding ages, yet they were not cognizant of the time 
when man was not in existence. How, then, are we to con- 
clude or arrive at the idea that man originated from the 
animal ? or even of the existence of animals before man ? 



62 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

True, geology would so teach, and also instil the idea that 
the mineral kingdom prepared the way for the animal, and 
so on, developing the higher, until man was the result. This 
is all very well ; but, instead of its preparing the way, it 
was but the carrying-forth of the eternal law of develop- 
ment. 

In picturing this upon the mind, however vague may be 
the idea formed, it may serve as a starting-point to those 
whose investigations have been in this channel, in the direc- 
tion pursued by spirits after the occult formations forming 
man. 

Some have supposed there was a time when reason did 
not dwell with man. 

Here is a point, also, which we observe in connection 
with the commencement and growth of the embryo. Let 
me illustrate reason under the form of an infant. Can you 
detect the particular age in that child when reason com- 
menced? is it not a gradual unfolding? Let us go still far- 
ther back, and place the child in utero, with the germ of 
chaos, in the uterus of Mother Earth. Can you tell when 
that child finds that there is a distinct substance engendered 
which is to culminate in a reasoning being in the form of 
man? Placing both at this juncture, they are neither 
reasoning beings nor chaos, but formations pointing to reason 
through development. 

Where is the fallacy connected with the idea of man's 
being developed in this way, and crowned with reason? 
The noted principles discovered and taught through the de- 
velopment of all natural productions show conclusively that 
man comes under and is governed by this law. The in- 
herent principles in all things work together for the develop- 
ment of man, by promoting something progressively higher, 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 63 

until perfection dwells in matter, in the concentrated ethereal 
form of reason, made imperishable by the breathing of 
divine will. How tangible the influx through this channel 
when acted upon by the dictates of a higher power concen- 
trated in the element reason ! 

The formation of man, wrought out as development de- 
manded by the Supreme, needs further consideration than 
a mere passing notice ; for by that same divine intelligence 
is all now being controlled ; for development is as much his 
work to-day as in the first condition of chaos. 

The study of man has been one which has engrossed the 
attention of many intelligent minds ; commencing their in- 
vestigations by a course of geological pursuits, and ending 
their earthly career to commence their labors afresh in 
spirit-life. 

The efforts of many an author upon this subject have 
failed for the lack of that connection between the material 
and the immortal, — reason. 

Reason is the height of development, made so by the 
ethereal process of love germinating into a tree of knowl- 
edge, fixed upon the source from whence it was given forth. 
It culminates into the sceptre of man's existence, forever so 
to be. It comprehends the source from whence it came, 
and the process of arriving at its full development of under- 
standing. It sits upon the throne of judgment as a con- 
ductor of right, and finally merges into a flowing abyss of 
thought, forming a channel deep and abiding, carrying the 
products of its meditation home to the Father of all, there 
to reap the reward of doing his will by its free use and 
exercise. What more can be made of reason when the 
formation of a substance for it to act through is man ? The 
connection is not between reason and man ; for both are one 



64 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

until such time as a separation takes place, showing the 
divinity in one, and the master-workmanship in the other. 

In the inconsistencies attending the study of this subject, 
should the mind be so far let down from the sanctity of 
Bible authority concerning the formation of man as to view 
development as a part of God's highest work, it will soon 
grasp the idea of man's originating thereby, and of its being 
the rationale of all ideas upon that subject. We therefore 
pass from these ideas, and take up the more important ques- 
tion, " Is this reason, or the height of God's work in ethe- 
realizing matter, immortal? and have we any conception 
of him through that channel ? " 

In the first supposition presented, we take the ground be- 
fore gone over. No positive evidence can be elicited, aside 
from spirits, or from those who have tasted of w 7 hat they 
testify, to prove immortality. Therefore, there the matter 
rests. 

The philosopher may philosophize his argument into the 
ground, and fetch man forth from a bit of chaos ; but it is 
the spirit that reasons him into immortality, and not only 
reasons to that effect, but comes back from the other side, 
and proclaims it a fact. If it had not been for the interven- 
tion of spirits in ancient times, man never would have 
known of an eternity ; and even the proof given through 
spirit-teachings in your Bible is but a glimpse of what is 
being daily communicated from the spirit-world, impressing 
the idea of a God and a hereafter. Even the most igno- 
rant and uncivilized nations, who never heard of Christ, 
have ideas of a future existence ; showing conclusively 
influx to that effect. It has always been thus since the world 
existed with an individualized existence, and certain it is 
this influx has been upon the increase. Thanks be to God, 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 65 

it still continues in greater abundance ! and who shall dare 
to deny so palpable a fact? 

The intrinsic value of every individual's reasoning rests 
upon the basis of judgment ; and, when we solicit a demon- 
stration of immortality by the reasoning powers, we wish to 
be understood in the light of produced facts, to be relied 
upon with a certainty that insures beyond doubt a futurity 
for all mankind. Reason teaches that one test from a spirit 
is better than all deductions drawn from supposed powers 
of the mind to reach into the future and disclose immortality, 
thereby practically interdicting opinion upon that subject. 
Reason, judgment, and all the faculties combined, never 
produced one fact from eternity without the hearty co-opera- 
tion of spirit-minds, operating for that particular purpose. 
Coming into communion with the higher, or with truth, 
there must be a channel through which it is conducted to 
the understanding. All Nature teaches this, showing the 
channel of development, and the current of laws conducting 
it through the mighty struggles of inharmony ; developing 
the work of God through the channel of power, magnified 
by the reception of love through the channel of sensation ; 
subjecting the faculties to the higher through the source of 
elevation ; and thus submitting all Nature, combining man, 
to the ordeal of channel-direction, from chaos to infinitude. 

It matters but little what the channel may be guiding to 
elevation : the effect varies according to the reception and 
application of truths obtained and applied practically in 
daily life. 

The channel of truth lies in the individual breast. Seek 
it, and it will surely conduct you to understanding, and the 
perception of principles rife with divine emanations. 

Scarcely has there been a manifestation of established 
5 



66 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

principles, but that the divine source of the emanation has 
been presented for the mind to comprehend ; coming en 
rapport with higher truths, forming a current of reciprocal 
influence with the eternal world, where the effulgence of his 
glory and greatness is greatly magnified ; thereby establish- 
ing communication, through the channel of thought, with the 
minds which are the receivers of these truths. Ideas of the 
greatness and value of ancient manuscripts manifest this 
one principle. Indeed, so submissive is the mind to this 
idea, that truths coming under its own observation are 
rejected for those translated from ancient origin, and be- 
lieved to come through the channel of inspiration. 

In speaking of inspiration, is it not a blessed boon given 
to man? — the certainty of communion with the spiritual, 
coming through the aid or channel of minds who have tasted 
of his glory, richness, and power, and sincerely desire to 
impart it to those less accessible ; feeding your minds, as 
they are fed, from a still higher source, and so forming a 
chain of thought and blending of understanding reaching 
from the inhabitants of earth through the spirit-spheres, 
continuing to infinitude, and involving the supernal heavens, 
where shines still more of his glory, — and all this never, 
never to end, but being lost in the great I Am. Oh, what 
thoughts for man to rest upon ! It lifts the soul in admira- 
tion to Him who breathed upon a bit of chaos, and pro- 
nounced it man ; spake the word immortal, and pronounced 
it reason. 

In the principles governing man, if the attributes of 
Nature^ yield not a supply for which his nature thirsts, is it 
not compatible with the work of God so to place man as to 
have him receive that which was intended for him, and is 
adapted to no other purpose? and is it inconsistent that 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 67 

instruments of his work should form the channel, or that 
he should make use of them, for the further enlightenment 
to the whole human family ? If so, then are we dupes and 
instruments of deception ; and the same applies to every 
individual, however earnest may be his desire and intention 
to aid others. 

Wherein lays the power of transmitting divine grace 
from one to another, if not in the power of mind wrought 
upon by higher intelligence ? And is not this intelligence 
God? for such is he; and, let it come from any source, 
is it not of him ? Can man demonstrate the existence of 
any channel or source made use of by God for the benefit 
of his own, but the mind? then is he not lost, when, 
in imagination, he communes direct with him, minus a 
channel? 

In the heterogeneous mass forming communities, what 
an elevation there might be above the present standard of 
right, if all were aware of the fact that they could ask 
each of their spirit-friends, and receive that information 
they so much desire regarding the future ! and how great 
the contrast compared with receiving through a channel 
foreign and unknown ! How benign the influence when 
given understandingly, and divested of mystery ! 

Among the many mysteries crowding the intellect, there 
is not one that makes the mind so humble, patient, and 
aspiring as the fact of spirits communing with their earth- 
friends. Their attachments draw them to earth, there to 
spend much of their time ; and how natural to suppose an 
avenue might be opened by which they could come to you ! 
Thought responds to thought, and this is the food upon 
which the spirit feasts, and which it gives in return ; there- 
fore much of your communing, even in the silent cham- 



68 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

ber, and perchance upon bended knees, is with your spirit- 
friends. 

The mind, after it has long wandered in the paths of 
rectitude, and obedience to divine truths, becomes the instru- 
ment of notoriety through the channel of elevation, looked 
upon by some as the straight and narrow path, but in reality 
the broad road to happiness through knowledge which all 
must possess. Intelligence springs from the soul, and there 
divines a principle, permanent as the hills of the throne 
upon which he places the mind, there to feed upon the fresh 
verdure thrown from the fount above to replenish all with 
a fresh and lasting view of heaven. 

In the fulness of every step taken in life, with a compre- 
hension of the formation, development, and progress in man, 
what an ethereal glow of divine love it presents, matchless 
from the first step, approachable by no other power, superior, 
unequalled in its termination ! 

The vitality of every organ rests upon progress through 
development, and finally terminates in the boundless sea of 
retrogression, if not kept constantly upon the wheels of 
development, through the channel of time passing on to 
eternity. The descendants of every nation merit a share in 
the routine of progress, and thereby develop something be- 
yond their former condition. It is but the just due propor- 
tioned out to man, nature, and all things obeying law or the 
dictates of his will. In this proportion do we all stand in our 
relation to him. 

Seek, then, development ; and by so doing germinate into 
a branch of divine truth, filled with love for all mankind, 
confined to this life until such time as the spirit says, " Go 
higher : " then will development commence anew, carrying 
the intellect high above former intelligence ; and progression^ 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 69 

the element combining all, will lead you to the depths of 
soul-truths, advancing the mind step by step until the whole 
realm of eternity, as it were, stands before you for your 
reception. 



THE PRINCIPLE OF SIN. 

The principle of sin is maintained upon the ground of its 
existence. Sin, in the broad use of the term, means a 
departure from right ; therefore, when we speak of sin being 
planted in our natures, nothing more is meant than the 
capacity to diverge from right, and receive wrong in its 
place. Sin is the deadening apathy to a life of integrity, 
virtue, and trust. In view of the innumerable manifesta- 
tions of iniquity, we are led to exclaim, " From whence sprang 
the capacity in mankind to engender so much evil, and 
manifest it under so many different forms?" 

The faculties are capable of being wrought upon so as to 
implant evil ; and here rests the free agency of man : he 
can pervert and destroy, or make alive to everlasting life. 
Sorrows inflicted arise from a lack of cultivation of the 
faculties, turning the evil of our ways to a point where 
indications of good may come. 

Sin, when viewed in the light of undeveloped good, loses 
significance as a faculty separate and distinct, but is so 
closely allied to powers that awaken sensations and desires 
for a better life, that one merges into the other, and is 
swallowed up in the powerful effulgence of light and truth. 
The faculties of our nature are left with us to cultivate : we 
are to decide whether they shall be called to their proper 



70 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

use, or be awakened to a sense of no qualification but evil. 
As a general rule, it is the intellect that is deficient, by which 
these God-given faculties are perverted, and so badly used, 
that the stigma of crime steeps the life in misery and unhap- 
piness ; for there lies the capacity for good or evil, no dis- 
tinction being made but by the will, which, being brought to 
bear, brings out whatever is desired, either meet for repent- 
ance or for everlasting damnation. 

In sincerity of prayer, there lies deep hidden in the heart 
a desire to be and do good, which calls upon the faculties to 
arouse and sustain the desire. The capacity- to act sets in 
motion these feelings ; and thus commences the work of 
prayer, or a change wrought by a strong desire of the will 
to become better, sweeping vice from life, simply by cultivat- 
ing the capacity for good. 

The vices connected with perversion of the right use of 
the faculties leads one to suppose the heart is made up of 
bad alone ; but there is no one so depraved, but that some 
faculty has been allowed its freedom, and given rise to some 
good act. In time passing with an individual, the more 
manifest the desire for things not satiable by the higher 
powers, the more are the faculties called out in a direction 
indicating sin. Woe betide him who lets his nature run to 
waste, sinking deeper and deeper into the gutter of vice, 
covering the faculties with an incrustation of sin which 
only long years of mature reflection can burst, permitting 
the shoots of goodness to spring forth ! 

Mankind are surrounded by discordant elements, which 
allure to this crooked path, and then to that ; framing con- 
ditions to which often, very often, the faculties yield : thus 
temptation steps in and allures away. And yet man is not 
necessarily subjected to sin. The fact of his capacity leading 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 71 

in that direction is no reason for his being there ; but with 
laws to obey which are wholesome, righteous, and holy in 
their precepts, creating bliss immortal, if he chooses not to 
obey, who shall force him ? or, if he prefers to take a reverse 
course, who will interfere? 

More or less of true character is manifest in every one 
who shows a capacity for good ; but still more is manifest 
when the faculties are involved in sin, because that lays at 
the door of every individual without effort to that effect. 

The inclinations of mankind are most directed to evil, or, 
in other words, weakness of intellect is the common condi- 
tion of all humanity : therefore the strength to overcome 
that which calls out the faculties in a wrong direction is 
not enough to resist temptation, and thus do sin and vice 
make deep inroads upon the conduct of man. 

The design and effect of morality are to carry out the 
practice which the faculties inspire, and make ready for 
higher attainments. The capacities of mankind are wisely 
wrought upon for good ; and, by a right use, sin is supplanted. 
The mind is carried victorious over error ; bringing out the 
individual character in a way to promote elevation, and 
raising every feature of humanity to a standing above crime, 
or evil inclinations in the heart. 

It is the capacity for understanding that is touched upon, 
vibrating echoes from the low and sordid things of earth to 
the higher and more spiritually-defined positions of life. In 
proportion as you raise the intellect, in that proportion will 
vice be overcome, and sin rooted from the nature. The 
faculties are the powers of mind ; then is it not left with 
the individual to make good and elevating use of them, or 
not? 

The power of man is invested in strength of mind ; then, 



72 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

if it is left with us to cultivate, how can it be said that sin 
is designed by itself? In ruling evil, one condition gives 
place to another, and thus bad becomes good, and good the 
result of a right understanding and use of the faculties in 
a way to develop good instead of evil. 

Can there be any definition of sin other than a perversion 
of good carried out in action? So closely allied are the 
faculties, that one gives place to the other alternately ; and 
indeed it is the same capacity that acts, but brought to bear 
differently. In applying the term " evil," we find it so closely 
connected with reformation, that is i.t not more properly 
called undeveloped good, or that which may become so from 
temperament of intellect and habit? then where is the 
objection to its being the lesser good, proceeding from the 
same source, and made for some purpose ? 

The subject of sin is one that has not met with proper 
consideration, having always been looked upon as a wrong, 
attributable to the Devil. When we take into consideration 
the idea of evil being planted in our nature by a capacity 
to err, it intercepts the idea of any other power, and plants 
our feet where the intellect can discern the length and 
breadth of sin, and the implements with which to overcome 
conditions not favorable to the growth of good. The efful- 
gence given off from the brain indicates a capacity for cul- 
tivation, and furnishes proof of the design of evil ; for by 
it is progression, and when the dawn of light appears, 
doubly are we prepared to appreciate the contrast with 
darkness. 

In ushering the mind from one phase of development to 
another, time is necessary for the faculties to take it up, and 
develop more light. In corresponding terms is sin to be 
viewed. The Creator never made any thing without cloth- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 73 

ing it with a purpose : hence sin should be looked upon as 
coming from ignorance, sprouting into one vast growth of 
love, wisdom, and truth ; making emblems of purity shine 
forth from those faculties where sin did once abound ; 
Christianity being added to man's life, and he counted 
worthy unto repentance. This is w T ell ; for by so doing the 
law of progression is carried forward, to aid which is the 
earnest duty of every one, purifying and making holy that 
which is unclean, planting peace in the midst of terror, 
sowing seeds of contentment where discord once reigned, 
and reaping the harvest of personal well doing. 

No power is necessary for the fulfilment of all things, 
but that of God ; and to that source do we look as the origin 
of all, and thus reconcile sin as the growth of man's nature, 
wrongly conducted. 



RESURRECTION. 

What an idea to suppose that this body, perchance a 
motley, decaying mass, or turned to dust, and carried by 
the winds to the four corners of the earth, is ever again 
to be united ! 

There is a palpable contradiction to the reasoning mind 
in the idea of the coming together of such particles as are 
constantly being exhaled into the great atmosphere of life, 
uniting as they do with other particles, and forming other 
substances, they in turn decomposing, and undergoing the 
same changes, forming Nature in its continual round of 
manifestations. 

In the middle ages, resurrection was looked upon as 



74 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

something pertaining to the spirit after this life ; but Chris- 
tianity has drawn the veil of obscurity, and plunged the 
most reasonable deductions into the vortex of human imbe- 
cility. Endeavors to reconcile their theories are made upon 
the ground that they are told so, or that it is recorded in 
some particular manuscript. Is it supposed for a moment 
that this process is to apply to any other substance but man ? 
The very idea would be preposterous. Who ever knew the 
fact to exist? If demonstrations were going forth to prove 
this position, it might be looked upon with more favor ; but 
nothing do we find in Nature, or the laws governing materi- 
ality, to harmonize any belief with the Bible to that effect. 

The more the idea of resurrection is dwelt upon in this 
light, the deeper is it involved in mystery. Whoever will 
search into the reproductions of Nature will there find 
sufficient evidence that decomposing substances tend di- 
rectly to forward Nature in her development : hence it is 
but a continual routine which Nature demands for the ful- 
filment of her purposes. Vegetation, and that part of man 
destined to be separated from the spirit, is ushered into as 
many different forms as Nature presents, and decomposes as 
often as the life-principle is withdrawn. 

In dwelling upon this subject, but one expedient is admis- 
sible ; and that is the supposition that all things are possi- 
ble with God. But, when man says all things are possible 
with God, what is meant to be understood? Does it imply 
inconsistencies perverting his own laws, creating that 
which is directly opposite to himself ? Does it imply the 
power to create man in the image of himself, and at the 
same time be an animal? Does it imply an angel of light, 
and at the same time a devouring demon, both in one ? Can 
he make the planets revolve in their orbits, and at the same 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 75 

time traverse a straight line? Can rotation blend with a 
straightforward course ? These are simple questions ; but 
enough to show how much lenity ought to be shown to such 
asserted meaning of the phrase. 

The term " all-powerful " is often used at random, not tak- 
ing into consideration the unchangeableness of that propelling 
power, from a fixed and never- deviating course, without the 
least semblance of infringement. A combination of love, 
wisdom, and power, is God. Then let us attribute to him 
the whole, never separating the former attributes from that 
of power, and we have a being whose every act transcends 
all our conceptions of regularity, firmly-established laws, 
and never-deviating principles, by which all are governed. 

u Resurrection " is a word simple and complete in its defi- 
nition. Every idea brought to bear upon eternity, or every 
unfolding of the mind, is the resurrection of a thought. 
Let this continue until the mind is no longer able to retain 
these thoughts through the earthly machine, and then it 
simply takes its departure, or is resurrected to where it can 
still continue to unfold, and imbibe the strength of wisdom, 
love, and power. 

Resurrection is nought but the continuation of the mind 
after it has left the body. It is a continuation of that which 
always was, and is to continue as long as there is a Supreme 
Being. Every act of man is resurrecting happiness, or the 
reverse. It wakes him to action in the beginning of life, 
preparing him for an inhabitant of that world of which all 
are heirs. This should ever be man's highest aim, both in 
thought, intellect, and aspiration. 

After the spirit is freed from its mortal habiliments, it 
assumes, according to St. Paul, a spiritual body ; and such 
would be the declaration of every spirit. When we ascend 



76 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

the throne of progression, and pluck from our Father's hand 
divine wisdom, making us more spiritual, it produces feel- 
ings of exaltation far surpassing any thing in earth-life ; 
what, then, can be the propriety of again inhabiting the 
body that has been cast off like a worn-out garment? The 
thought is repulsive, and one which we desire to make every 
endeavor to erase from the conception of mortals, planting 
in its stead a more rational theory. Let the mind break 
away from those ancient ideas, and come out where we can 
reach the understanding, and we will prove to you that we 
have a body far superior to that which we once possessed ; 
and never, never again can it be united, or in any way con- 
nected, with the one gone to decay. 

The spirit, when separated from the body, assumes a 
dictatorial control over its personality : it has power given 
it by the inherent properties possessed within itself, and 
feels to become master of its domain. Therefore, ye 
mortals, harbor no longer the idea that a spirit will ever 
return to that fleshy habitation, but let your minds soar 
above the idea of a resurrection of the material, and become 
heirs of spirit-identity. 



ENDLESS PUNISHMENT. 

We invite the attention of the public to those phases of 
life which are most inviting, while we cast but a hasty 
glance at false positions. Every effort manifested by men 
in a religious direction is carried forth with the overruling 
justification, ive are right. Wheu an argument is presented 
which does not follow in the footsteps of their early educa- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 77 

tion, founded upon their ideas of the Bible, they pass behind 
the screen, and cry " Infidelity," and you are denounced as a 
victim for future admonition. 

Many doctrines are tolerated from the fact of their being 
upheld by those who are considered lenient and just. Among 
these there is no one propagated with more persistence and 
overbearing sway than the doctrine of endless punishment. 
Its advocates hold to it with a greater tenacity than to any 
other doctrine, and include all who are not partakers of 
salvation in its unflinching grasp. To such an extent has 
this belief prevailed, that divinity pure from the interpolation 
of eternal punishment can scarcely be found within the 
limits of church-organizations. Doctrines are well, when 
viewed with observation necessary to detect the great fun- 
damental truths laying at the foundation of every individu- 
al's honor and integrity, and observing the rule of apply- 
ing nothing to the condition of others but what you are 
willing to share. 

If all there is to judge from is the principle of condemn- 
ing a man because his surroundings produce obstacles he 
is not able tc overcome, and it places him where he is to 
be forever miserable^ can there be the least credit given to 
him whose path, by some agency beyond his control, has 
been strewed with more harmonious relations, by which he 
becomes endowed with all that is necessary to make him 
the heir of everlasting happiness? Where is that mark 
and prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus in him ? 
It was no effort of his that placed him in a position to 
choose right, regardless of all conditions, any more than 
that of his neighbor. It was no virtue of his, but because 
there entered not into the composition of his nature that thirst 
for evil which became master of a mind not stored with 



78 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

firmness and decision in the right. But what if some are 
deficient in overcoming evil ; are they to be disowned by 
God, and merit eternal punishment? 

By such ideas is the mind led away from the purity of 
Christ's teachings, when he says, " All ye are my brethren ; " 
" Forever, saith the Spirit, will I strive with you." 

The full import of that word " forever" implies eternally, 
always, without ceasing, and brings divine grace to bear in 
the future. And who shall say that the Spirit is incompetent 
to prevail, or is destined to strive for nought? 

If the Spirit is victorious, it includes the whole human 
family, sooner or later bringing them into the fold of re- 
demption. If it were not for the doctrines put forth by 
the endless-punishment theorizers, this would at once become 
the established belief, so reasonable is it that the mind at 
once grasps the fulness of so natural a course of reasoning. 

Pausing, we reflect upon the vast amount of thought 
which is being given to this subject. There seems to be a 
growing inquiry which the mind enters into, that will finally 
put this doctrine at rest. The necessity for man to become 
great is being confined more to the volume of intellect ; and 
such principles as had taken firm root in many Christian 
communities have been gradually giving way to a more 
rational conviction. Life renders obedience to universal law . 
necessary for the supplying of spiritual and temporal needs : 
this is enough for the mind's employment, without cloud- 
ing it with doctrines which pause upon the threshold of 
eternity to count you as lost. Advantages render the 
mind accessible to more serviceable knowledge, and more 
directly connect it with the spirit-world, than in searching 
those old manuscripts for foundations on which to build doc- 
trines of a precarious foothold sliding directly into hell. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 79 

There is such a gulf intervening between endless punish- 
ment and our ideas of God, and what belongs to him as a 
Supreme Being, endowed with all wisdom, love, and power, 
that Ave are led to exclaim, " From whence arose so great an 
error ? " Is it from the teachings which its believers take 
as their guide, or from a wrong conception of those teach- 
ings ? What right have they to exclude any from enjoyments 
in the other world, of which they are the daily partakers 
here? Have they been to that world which they profess 
to know so much about, and peered into those realms where 
flows forth that venegance which they are meting out with 
a vehemence which blinds them to the idea of G-od's being 
the Father of all ? Have they conversed with the authors 
of their sacred ideas ? Have they ascended the throne, and 
plucked those mighty emblems from the purity of Christ's 
teachings, and set them at variance with the idea of his 
being the mediator for all? 

Questioning thus, we soon come to the conclusion that 
man has not quite arrived at that point where infinitude 
lies spread before him as a scroll, with the future of every 
one written thereon. The more the mind dwells upon these 
points, the farther will it recede from eternal punishment. 
Feelings of brotherly love and fellowship should be more 
characteristic of humanity than to let this doctrine have 
a place contiguous to Christianity in the heart. When 
Christianity takes full possession, it supplants this idea, and 
plants in its stead a sympathetic tie, binding all hearts to- 
gether in one band of brotherhood, causing each to share 
another's feelings in affliction, or in any contingencies that 
may arise. Therefore a lack of Christianity working in 
the heart may develop uncharitableness, leading to a doctrine 
too horrible to be personally applied, either in carrying it 



80 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

into effect or in its experience, and so extending it beyond 
this life, and there casting it npon the great Father of all. 

But the question arises, Is the spirit more miserable than 
it was in the form ? and is it forever to remain so ? 

The evidence is before you. Thousands of spirits are 
constantly returning, giving an account of spirit-life and 
the conditions they are in ; and, when my voice shall be 
heard, it will add one more to the testimony. The beauties 
of spirit-life can never be portrayed in words. We can 
partake largely from the fountain of divine wisdom, and 
reap happiness, or grope in darkness under the canopy of 
idleness, and misery is the result. 

But progression, eternal progression, is the one important 
privilege of every spirit, perfectly annihilating misery, and 
crowning every spirit with immortal glory. Oh, the beau- 
ties of spirit-life are beyond comprehension ! God is just 
everywhere, taking care of the whole human family, not 
forgetting or forsaking them in the spirit-world ; but he is 
more accessible here, and his glory is doubly magnified, 
loving all from the richness of blessing and happiness in 
store for them. To obtain this, spirits must labor as dili- 
gently for the good of all as for themselves ; and such as 
they are willing to share, that mete out to others. Oh 
that all minds might behold the truths of spirit-communion ! 
which would certainly divest them of much error, and give 
them a more perfect view of the life they are soon to meet. 

Plant the feet upon good works proceeding from the heart, 
for the attainment of holiness, is our counsel to you, and no 
fear need be entertained of eternal punishment. 

Let purity of life render each one so far advanced m 
eternity ; for what has been neglected must be restored, 
and finally all become partakers of one blessing. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 81 

KINDNESS. 

What a word to dwell upon ! so characteristic of that 
feeling, which, when prompted from the heart, never fails to 
call forth a corresponding feeling from others. It opens 
the heart for more refined reflections, and prepares the way 
for a growth of principles culminating in the Scripture of 
divine love. . Without kindness, charity is void of signifi- 
cance, and becomes a mere display. It is one faculty 
among many others given to mankind to improve upon, and 
wends its way through the affections to the intellect, there 
demanding more prominent action, and directing the inclina- 
tions to where great good may come from its exercise. 

In portraying this to the understanding of others, you 
have only to practise it, and it will contribute to their 
eternal good. It beckons all humanity to a region of purity ; 
it bestows charity with a helping hand, sowing broadcast 
the effulgence of love. Kindness measures the capacity for 
generosity, and opens before you the import of the heart, 
whether softened to the demands of pity, or inured to the 
coldness of indifference. It speaks volumes for the heart, 
and betrays the inward conception of right, and the sus- 
ceptibility to moral influence. 

It must, of necessity, share with mankind its full co-ope- 
ration in working out salvation ; for without it thou canst 
never reap happiness. Seek this implement of redemption, 
nourish and protect it as one of the sublime truths, and 
it will secure for thee eternal reward. Kindness is the germ 
of obedience to the law of divinity, and is the budding of 
those useful propensities which are called out in social in- 
tercourse, guiding the feelings into a channel of happy 



82 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

results. Mankind without kindness verge to the animal 
plane, there to grovel in the luxurious growth of their own 
wickedness. 

Liberality of sentiment may be attributable to a full 
share of this one gift from God, making each and every 
individual a part of one family or brotherhood. 

Oh that humanity could behold itself as bound in one 
obligation to friendship and kindness among its members, 
the same as Nature spreads forth her garb of verdure for 
the benefit of all ! Plow deficient is this feeling in the 
breast of humanity in general ! They may well be likened 
to the icebergs of northern regions, so cold and indifferent 
are they to the interests of each other, or to that friendship 
which clasps each by the hand as a brother, seeking to call 
out the best motives, and manifesting such in return. We 
are the objects of kind care from our heavenly Father, and 
can we not bestow it upon each other? He has endowed us 
with the implements of kindness, and will he not make 
happiness the result of their use ? 

The courageous may tread life's rough path alone, the 
weak may falter without aid from the strong, the blind 
grope in darkness without light from others' brilliancy, and 
all be made a prey to selfishness through a lack of love and 
kindness to each other. 

Better be devoted to gods made of brass, or idols of wood 
and stone, than to possess the light of better ways, and 
give it not a place in your heart ; " For, inasmuch as ye do 
it not unto these my brethren, ye are not of my Father," is 
the language of that great leader who tried to instil kind- . 
ness into practical life. 

Kindness should meet its full counterpart, never being 
biassed by doctrines or prejudice ; but let it imbue every act 
with a growing solicitude for the general good. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, 83 

Various are the ways of applying this balm to meet the 
feelings of others, and raise the fallen from a state of 
degradation to a self-sustaining standard of morality. The 
every-day occurrence of hospitality is vitalized by this feel- 
ing ; and, as time wears away, it grows to mature friend- 
ship. This is to extend to all, or it becomes selfishness. 
The growing condition of every mind needs the cultivation 
of this one faculty to keep it apart from the general absurdi- 
ties of the day. 

"We regret to see a perversion of this feeling manifested 
in the churches, by virtually shutting from the kingdom of 
heaven such as do not subscribe to a creed, or belong to some 
church-organization. Kindness should fill the cup of salva- 
tion, extending it to all, and bringing such a feeling to bear 
among the churches as would unite them into one body of 
defenders of universal salvation, through that love charac- 
terizing the different faculties. It should extend its benign 
influence broadcast, opening all hearts to commune with all, 
and recognize the whole human family as God's church. 

Our hearts are drawn out in prayer to God as the 
source from whence all error is obliterated, all weakness 
strengthened, and imperfections restored. 

64 O merciful Father ! open the hearts of thy people, and 
give their understanding the benefit of kindness emanating 
from thee, that all may partake and give to each other free- 
ly. Give each a share of thy grace, that they may bestow 
it upon each other. Give them knowledge and wisdom to 
make a right use of this thy blessing, and a full appreciation 
of goodness proceeding from the heart, and prepare them to 
impart it, each to his fellow-being, practising it daily, and 
relying upon the benefit received in happiness as compensa- 
tion and reward from thee. May they never shrink from 



84 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

the duty of washing ,away their own perverseness of heart, 
making deeds of evil shine with purity, made white by their 
determination to atone for the past ! and may they rely 
upon the strength of goodness, charity, love, and kindness, 
felt and bestowed upon all, as the growth of the heart 
received from thee ! 

" O our Father ! send thy grace to rest upon this com- 
munity, in the form of knowledge and strict observance of 
the dictates of conscience, embalming their hearts in thy 
love flowing spontaneously ; and, as they receive from thee, 
so may their hearts be touched to give to others in return. 
In the effulgence of light given off constantly from thy 
works, may tlie soul drink long and deep draughts from the 
fountain of inspiration, swelling the influx of perception, 
deadening heresies of the past, and calling into action divine 
principles fixed upon thy eternal throne. And, O Father ! 
teach them, through the inspiration of thy love, to search 
Nature for manifestations of thy power, wisdom, and bounty. 
Allure them on until their minds expand, and drink in a full 
comprehension of thee from this source. May the emana- 
tions from Nature inspire wonder and gratitude sufficient to 
impress conviction of thy greatness, power, and mercy ; im- 
buing their hearts with a desire to know more and more of 
thee ; feeling that through thy works thou art ever present, 
permeating the whole universe with a principle of love, cul- 
minating in man. And, O Father ! may they fully realize 
this, and the greatness of thy design in so making man ; 
and may he not pervert or seek to crush the boon of kind- 
ness, but let it spring forth, a tree of love and friendship, 
whose branches extend to all humanity ; for such was the 
design, and such must be its use to reap eternal happiness. 

^ The conqueror goes forth armed with the implements of 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 85 

heroism, making conquest over his foes, disarming terror, 
and planting peace, light, and truth. So may it be with 
thee, O Father of light ! marching with firm tread of pro- 
gression over the wickedness and errors of the people, slay- 
in^ them at the feet of truth, never to rise but as obedient 
servants to thy laws. 

44 Be thou the guide to all good, through the efforts of 
each individual seeking to obtain for himself that which 
thou always keepest in store for the diligent seeker. And 
reward is sure to follow through obedience to the law." 



NATURE AN EVIDENCE OF GOD. 

Nature was the first tangible manifestation brought to 
bear as an unfolding of God's work. All else remained 
in an ulterior state, compared with the rapid strides and im- 
mense growth attained by Nature. It has spanned all space, 
taken for its magnitude the sphere of other worlds ; and it 
times its great magnetic attraction by that Power who bade 
it come forth and assume the responsible position of becom- 
ing the habitation for a higher representation of work 
already begun. The work of Nature has ever been guided 
with that certainty, precision, and purpose in view,, which 
indicate a power latent and full of design. What a vast sea 
of comprehension Nature presents ! and, if not brought into 
existence by the hand of an Almighty Power, where shall 
we look for a line of demarcation between greatness and 
the productions of creative energies ? The characteristic 
of Nature is to unfold without any apparent necessitating 



86 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

interposition ; hence its primitive subjection to established 
laws. And from whence, and by whom, was the order insti- 
tuted? and who keeps it in existence to-day? 

There are facts as well as conclusions to be arrived at 
from a study of Nature ; and unmistakable evidence exists 
of a power so shaping the course of events as to make it 
necessary that man should conform to its requirements. In 
attributing to God the dominion over one, so may it be sup- 
posed his sphere extends to both. Man seems no more the 
object of care than the application of Nature to his surround- 
ings. 

The work of creation shows a divine power centred in 
man, and diffused from thence over the whole universe. 
There must be capacity for an understanding of God ; and 
an enlargement of that capacity brings us to reason upon 
him in accordance with what we behold in the form of man, 
nature, and indications pointing to a future existence. In 
clothing ideas regarding a Supreme Being, there is but one 
step to be- taken, and that is to present what is known of 
him through his works. These works practically bring 
daily to our conviction the fact, that there is an overruling 
Power, guiding in unison man and the elements of which 
he is composed, and over which he has not the slightest con- 
trol. Even the air which he constantly inhales — giving 
life every moment of his existence, and upon which he is as 
dependent for subsistence as upon nutriment — comes from 
no other source, given for the supply of this vital spark of 
life ; but in the elements of Nature, floating in every breeze, 
it is given by the hand of an unseen Power. 

In drawing, conclusions from Nature of the existence of a 
Supreme Being, it is necessary that the mind should be free 
and unbiassed, ready to drink from the fount of progression ; 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 87 

pausing not upon the threshold of past ideas, but marching 
on to those heights of knowledge and wisdom which are 
within the reach of every one who investigates the great 
architecture of Nature. Through this he manifests himself 
with power and love, shorn of all vacillation, and moves 
with a firm, steady tread, wielding and controlling by estab- 
lished laws ; deviating not for the caprice of man, but hold- 
ing an existence independent of all conditions subsequent to 
man ; making man dependent upon that same power, held 
in existence by the same law, and developing from Nature 
the formations composing his body. Can any person be a 
studious observer, and not declare in his heart, " There is a 
mystery in all this if it be without a guiding power " ? 

Let us bring the mind subject to facts transpiring in our 
midst, evidence which can be accounted for upon no other 
supposition ; for separate the spirit from all creation, man 
included, and you leave it a lifeless, decaying substance. 
The life-principle, or spirit, that pervades all Nature, and 
stamps immortality upon man as its highest work — if not 
God, pray tell where his dominion may be found ! If 
we acknowledge him only in the hearts of mankind, then 
there must be a vacancy or deficiency in his controlling 
power. Either other agencies guide the elements, or they 
are not controlled : either supposition puts it beyond his 
jurisdiction. Then why attribute all "power to him? 

The motive-power propelling life lays in the spiritual 
embryo of mankind, giving tone and action to his being 
through the working of the mind ; thus establishing a life- 
principle, which lives after it has left the earthly machine. 
But not so with Nature. Its duration is but for a short 
period in a particular form, serving only a purpose in trans- 
formations from one stage of development to another ; enter- 



88 INSTIl UCTI VE COMMUmCA TIONS. 

ing compositioas of various character, each decaying sub- 
stance going to recuperate something in advance ; making a 
routine of development extending through ages ; preparing 
the way for progress of mind ; establishing a round of pro- 
gression extending through Nature and centring in man ; 
keeping strict obedience to laws governing both, — and say 
you there is nought in Nature indicating a Supreme Being? 

Stepping aside from this position, and reasoning upon the 
idea that God is not found in Nature, where can you draw 
the dividing line between the two ? Separate Nature, and 
what has the spirit to operate through ? Take it away, and it 
leaves a part of the work assigned to creation void of any 
further development or progress ; and God, who made man 
in his likeness, fails to propagate that part designed as the 
rudimental condition for the unfolding of the spirit. Is 
there not a connection between the two ; one made to serve 
the purpose of the other during the period of its existence? 
Shall we hold to the idea of his power and sovereignty over 
the one, and deny that mighty jurisdiction over the other? 
Has man an idea of a God without all power? 

Let us pause upon the threshold of this mighty universe, 
and count the blessings that are daily handed down from 
that Source from which all expect a share, both the rich 
and poor, the bond and free, without distinction ; show- 
ing love beyond conception, and demanding our attention. 
In the return of the seasons, the whole human family are 
supplied, keeping the body subsisting upon its bountiful pro- 
visions until the spirit departs ; then it takes on an action 
peculiar to itself. 

But Nature treads a firm step, moving the wheels of her 
mighty engine with a voice and power not to be misunder- 
stood, pausing not to count the loss of man as worthy 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 89 

digression from that power ever propelling her on. And 
now we come to the question, " Is it God, life-principle, or 
is it the mere semblance of an unseen power? These are 
potent questions to answer. 

He speaks in fearful tones in the tornado ; whispers love 
and modesty in the simple flower ; makes divine harmony 
unite in the combination of man ; shows divine wisdom in 
the perfect law of hi3 being ; calls forth feelings of sublimi- 
ty as we gaze at the heavens, interspersed with myriads of 
bright, shining stars, all controlled by an unseen power 
which is God. And what is this power ? or what is God ? 

Let us define his power and intelligence, and we leave the 
reader to decide. His power wields the mighty universe of 
worlds clustering around him as the centre of attraction, 
which obey the dictates of his will with a submissiveness of 
perfect reliance ; they move in their orbits with the harmony 
of perfect arrangement, obeying the dictates of his voice in 
supplying man with whatever he made provision they should 
supply, and beckoning all to their arms, in the form of Nature 
receiving home her own. In intelligence, he abounds with 
that richness, expansion of thought, and etherialization of 
substance not to be fathomed by man ; for it includes eter- 
nity, where all knowledge is perfected. But, as he has given 
us an example in the mind of man, let us represent in part 
its capabilities of expansion, and the road it is destined to 
travel ; giving some idea of the intelligence embodied in this 
all-pervading power. The mind in its mareh along the path 
of progression imbibes thought after thought in the direc- 
tion of the great infinitude ; sweeps the broad universe of 
intellect, and frames for itself an extended range of knowl- 
edge ; explores space inhabited by worlds, and counts all as 
the work of the great I Am ; recedes to its inner life, and 



90 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

there calls from the fount of its being love, wisdom, and a 
possession of the virtues combined, calling them into exer- 
cise to triumph over the weakness of sin ; and then returns 
to God with a compensation of improvement upon the talent 
given. 

Let the mind be attentive to manifestations, welcoming 
them from the broad expanse of the universe spread before 
it for evidences of a Supreme Being. Spurn them not ; 
for even the grass that grows under thy feet remains a mys- 
tery : but take these things home to thy intellect, and adore 
them as the work of the great Intelligence, who ushers into 
existence all things by that life-principle manifested in the 
smallest flower, insect, or the sands upon the seashore. It 
matters not where we look, we are met by a voice calling 
from each one, " Behold the works of the great Maker of 
the universe ! " 

Deductions may be drawn from this piece that God and 
Nature are synonymous, and that one power controls the 
whole unitedly, under one system of laws, and directs, 
through development, all Nature in a channel with which 
man is connected, leading to something higher, acted upon 
by a life-principle (which is God) centred or concentrated 
in the immortal part of man (the mind), reflecting from 
this to the eternal world. This carries us over the whole 
universe, acknowledging but one Supreme Being ; and 
what we know of him is by manifestations through his 
laws of creation. 

From these considerations the conclusion is derived, that 
there is no other tangible source in which to look for Him. 
Theories and speculations may arise concerning a God like 
unto the ideas of the ancients. They personified him, and 
the present generation look upon him as a being manifested 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 91 

in flesh ; but, when evidence is solicited, it is found that he 
has never been seen aside from his works. 

All this goes to show the fallacy of rearing a God suited 
to the imagination. But let the mind rest upon that broad, ex- 
pansive view of Deity involved in the form of all creative ener- 
gies : this will draw it away from one inadequate channel, 
and allow it to drink largely of knowledge divinely and 
inspirationally received. 



STRENGTH OP INTELLECT. 

Rendering man his just clues, he is endowed by Nature 
with a capacity capable of diversified acquirements, which 
need to be improved so as to practically employ his entire 
abilities. No one will doubt for a moment the magnitude 
and power of that potent, ruling qualification, — the mind. 
All are led to expect from this source the credentials of a 
more honorable position. 

What are worldly possessions compared to this ineffable 
acquirement, going forth as the guiding star, unfurling the 
banner of conquest won by the dictation of intellectual 
attainment ! It reaches beyond the present, and extends 
into the future, and measures every step with a gratification 
from the best results which can be taken into consideration. 
When an individual passes beyond the idea or desire of 
bringing the mind into subjection to a high instructional 
discipline, he verges to a condition of bigotry, moral rec- 
titude declines, and promptness of action is governed by 
motives selfish and sordid. The highest conceptions of 



92 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

mankind are but reflections of the mind elevated by cul- 
tivation or debased by ignorance. Life in a solicitous 
channel is fraught with the beauties and harmony of an 
even and well-balanced mind. 

The great divine Controller of human events has so ordered 
all things within the precincts of man, that his mind can 
sustain high and noble truths in every point essential to 
happiness and meritorious conduct ; drawing to a focus the 
cardinal measures all are to use in passing through the 
stage of action referring to another existence. How much 
there is in every way adapted to call out the abilities in 
strengthening the intellect, and placing before every mind 
the fact that this is the one important privilege to be im- 
proved ! The mind brought to a position of sound intel- 
lectual bearing is the prop upon which rests the individual 
in the decline of mature years, and by which the spirit is 
wafted across the stream of life to the shores of eternity, 
with a fearless anticipation of its condition there. 

This element in mankind, by perversion, can be made an 
instrument of torture, deep horror taking the place of 
peace ; or, by strengthening the intellect and bringing it to 
bear where ignorance and sin once prevailed, it alleviates 
wrong, and plants good in its stead. 

This power of intellect carried with individuals sheds 
its benign effects through the ranks of their associations, 
and vibrates an echo into the future, never losing the 
harmonious ring of a far-excelling competition. What 
great trophies it brings to mankind ! Without it life seems 
a blank. There is nothing that will match the mind in its 
ascent towards greatness, or so rule with a rod of correct- 
ness all coming within its boundary. It clears the track 
of error, unfurls the banner of truth (its highest aim 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 03 

is productive of the greatest good), and erects monuments 
of strength combining virtue, morality, and integrity, and 
all influences emanating from the sphere of man. 

The mind is not destined to remain stationary, but is an 
ethereal substance, penetrating far into space, subjugating 
materiality to close scrutiny, and bidding defiance to science, 
art, and literature ; mastering all within its range of under- 
standing, and holding a position ever ready to receive more. 

This ethereal substance in man needs to be studied through 
the science of mind, bringing it in contrast with things 
material, and manifesting progress through the •advance- 
ment it makes in a spiritual direction ; thus preparing it 
to sift the bad from the good, and soar victorious over sin ; 
meeting and baffling it, conquering and subduing instead 
of shunning and winning a conquest over your own nature 
in the form of strength of intellect. 

Is it conceivable by the mind of man what he is able to 
accomplish by the use of this one element, or the powers 
combined in his nature ? One effort after another is crowned 
with success, until he beholds his position with wonder ; and, 
as one obstacle after another is overcome, it strengthens 
and prepares the way for something in advance. The mind 
goes on and on in pursuits leading deeper and deeper into 
unrevealed mysteries ; and what once appeared obscure, or a 
miracle, now becomes clear to the understanding. You feel 
like beckoning all to the investigation of your mind, and 
are ready to sap the foundation of opinions not founded upon 
facts, through your own reasoning and maturity of things ; 
never condemning any subject until it has undergone a 
thorough perusal, and has been made subject to the mind. 

It is by growth of intellect that we are enabled to detect 
error, and, selecting from the past those traditionary 



94 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

accounts which are recorded as the Word of God, give to 
them their proper place as ideas entertained according to the 
degree of intelligence the people were then capable of sus- 
taining. They have been a light unto our feet to the present 
day ; but they have served their purpose, and the mind now 
drinks more largely of inspiration. The whole universe of 
thought is becoming alive to the fact that this is an age 
of progress, and the mind must not pause in its career of 
advancement, and go back to ancient mythological forms 
of worship, or their ideas *of God, or for the fundamental 
structure of literary attainments. 

Progress demands advance of the mind, and casts the 
responsibility upon each individual to rear a standard 
emblematical of Christ's teachings, when he says " the 
kingdom of heaven is within you," meaning the calling 
out of all the faculties of the mind comprising the tree of 
knowledge, wisdom, and love, blended and centred in your 
own being. This is possessed within the strength of intel- 
lect. Crush it not, then, nor dwarf or pervert its tendency 
towards things divine ; for there lie deep hidden the motives 
of the heart, actuating every act of life for good or evil. 

The mind alone promulgates purity ; and the moral, social, 
and religious relations of mankind depend upon this one 
element. The mind builds up and tears down, modifies and 
makes anew : all is comprised in this one faculty. It brings 
vividly to bear a high-minded superiority of intellect, or a 
conception limited, indicating bigotry, superstition, and 
ignorance. 

When one glides from the consideration of past events, 
recorded in the history of any age, or of subjects touching 
future existence, the location of heaven and hell, of ideas 
pertaining to salvation through another, or the idea of 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 95 

God being clothed with the attributes of man, to a con- 
dition of mind in which he views all things to be working 
for his good through his immortal part, and is raised by 
strength of intellect to where all looms before the under- 
standing with a broad, extended view, his mind wanders 
forth to that future state of existence with a calm resigna- 
tion. He has the assurance of a happy reception when the 
spirit is divested of its material covering, and allowed to seek 
those joys and associations so often longed for, but which it 
was kept from enjoying by the requisite demands of the 
body. His whole being is lifted on high with feelings of 
love toward his Maker. In the possession of mind, and 
aspirations towards things heavenly, he marches on, fulfilling 
that destiny for which he was designed. 

The whole human race merit a share in progressive 
desires, and in the expansion of intellect, or the inherent 
properties of the mind. 

Who has not this power within himself ? Cast it not 
away then, but make the best of it through this life, and 
leave the future in the hands of Him who guides thee through 
this. The incentive to a higher life is self-elevation, and 
the mysteries of godliness beckon thee on. 

Use this implement of his work in a way befitting thy 
highest good ; and in no way can God be glorified to a 
greater extent than by keeping this part of him, which is 
intrusted to thy care, pure, and spotless from iniquity. En- 
tertain the loftiest conceptions of his greatness, goodness, 
and holiness, and seek in thy heart to be like unto him. 
Seek light, truth, and wisdom from inspiration flowing in 
thy midst to-day, that it may give thee a peaceful rest 
in eternity. 



96 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 



POINTS TOUCHING THE ORIGIN AND 
PROGRESS OF MAN. 

Ik directing the mind to this subject, it becomes necessary 
to deviate from the common acceptation of the term, and 
carry the mind back to first principles, or the first great 
actuating cause. The pursuance of such a course, I am 
aware, is not according to Bible records ; but we have at the 
present day substantiated facts, reaching far into the bowels 
of the earth, fetching that forth which is more conclusive as 
evidence of the origin of all things than historical accounts 
or ancient fables. 

When the geologist penetrates the deposits of unknown 
ages, he there finds the fossil remains of man. He finds, 
also, evidence that ages succeeding ages have passed away 
in formations, which, as time is now reckoned, are beyond 
any knowledge man has of past existence, or the com- 
mencement of his being ; showing him to be the work of 
ages through a process of gradual development. 

The fossil remains found by these practical workers and 
scientific discoverers are as perfect specimens of mankind 
as many species now numbered among the different nations 
of the earth. What are the conclusions to be drawn from 
these demonstrable facts? They are too important to be 
passed by unheeded. 

Is it not conclusive to suppose, in connection with the 
above, that man was once in a state of undevelopment? and 
is it not in accordance with the process of other formations 
which we see manifested at this age of the world? and, if 
development is going on now, may it not be supposed it was 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 97 

so ages ago ? Then let us confine the mind to facts, lifting 
the veil frQm man's obscure origin, and consider him as 
among the first or foremost of God's works ; for by the 
life-principle or spirit were all brought into existence. 
Descending from this position, let us treat of the spirit, 
which, being first, was followed by man through the agency 
of this spirit. " In the beginning was the word, and the 
word was with God, and the word was God." 

The spirit goeth forth, and resteth whithersoever it goeth, 
gathering to itself form, and manifesting indications of a 
high purpose, commencing its work with the embryo of 
future development ; creating at every step or routine of 
advancement, through the material, something farther in 
advance : so that, in process of time, man comes upon the 
stage developed as a perfect work, and takes a stand among 
the many wonders created from the beginning by the prin- 
ciple of spirit working through the lower to the higher, and 
making all conform to the eccentricities of spirit-emanation. 
It creates a life-principle peculiar to itself, embodies in a 
form such as pleases the Almighty to give it, holding posses- 
sion until it pleases him to withdraw, and enclosing all in 
the environs of spirit-power. 

In this ratio came forth man, from the first formation, out 
of a state of chaos, conscious of a future existence by the 
possession of the spirit of God. These formations were 
constantly breathed upon, and consciously unfolded accord- 
ing to his dictation, and reared by the voice of his will, 
silently reaching the height of his work. 

In the embryo of the formation which concentrated to a 

point the forming attributes of man, there was a tendency 

to gravitate towards the actuating power, and to unfold the 

elementary principle which lighteth every man that cometh 

1 



98 IJSTSTR UCTIVE COMMUNICA TIONS. 

into the world, embracing in one Godhead a connection 
starting from chaos, and ending in an eternity o£ duration. 

In drinking largely from the fountain of knowledge, it 
becomes necessary that the mind should comprehend the 
steps incident to its period of formation as far back as is 
accessible, and so trace the connection between the spiritual 
and the material, and the relation that one sustains to the 
other. Geology may fathom the material ; but it is the 
science of mind that must penetrate to the spiritual, and 
make a clear distinction between the two. This may be 
considered J:he greatest of all studies, penetrating into sub- 
stance, and there discerning the spirit or life-principle, 
moulding and shaping the material, permeating and diffus- 
ing its peculiar qualifications, holding it subject to control, 
enlarging its rudimental condition, working in all things 
divinely as in man, and stopping not upon the threshold of a 
less significant master-hand, or embracing, less than eternity 
in its broad expanse of action. 

The process of progression may be called the work of the 
spirit, ushering man into existence, and crowning him with 
reason. All things are subservient to its power, from the 
simple flower up to ethereal matter in the form of mind. 
The mind in searching after truth holds on to this one ele- 
ment with a tenacity never to be dethroned, and grows 
stronger and stronger, brighter and brighter, until endless 
glory takes possession, and raises it to an elevation where 
glimpses of the divine mark a course like to the richness of 
verdure, and the power of ethereal emanations. All things 
manifest progress ; and the mind is a progressive element 
from its first conception as embodied in man. Undergoing 
changes incident to the life-principle, or spirit, it goeth forth 
as in the still watches of night, laden with spirit-develop- 






INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 99 

merit, and, marching through the ranks of progression, af- 
fecting all substances that it operates upon ; showing God 
to be in all things the beginning and end ; commencing with 
his spirit, as the word, or life-principle, breathed upon all 
things. The beginning was chaos, or whatever it pleaseth 
thee to term it in language signifying beginning ; and de- 
velopment, the process by which creative designs are brought 
into existence. 

Too much cannot be said of the effects and benefits of the 
progressive element, carrying ideas in advance, causing the 
people to share largely in anticipations of something new, 
as of light in advance of their preconceived ideas. It was 
thus the mind was led from idolatry by removing errors 
of the past, and establishing holiness by works instead of by 
forms and ceremonies. All this arose from a process of 
growth, developing more the progressive element incident to 
the work of God, and ripening the understanding for the 
loftiest sentiments with which to give utterance to the feel- 
ing of Christianity through the teachings of inspiration. 

Progress in man denotes withdrawal from the past, and 
an ushering-in of new light, and keeps the mind attentive to 
the fact that progression is its destiny. Will you crush or 
pervert its tendency by closing the doors of the mind, and 
shutting out all light unless it comes in a particular chan- 
nel ; not advancing from the primitive growth, but resting 
satisfied with what others have obtained ; rearing a structure 
anew, which has been overthrown by evidence that has 
proved it to be based upon the understanding of people in a 
state of primitive discipline? When recorded, it was the 
work of their enlightenment at the time, pointing the way 
clearly towards progress ; and which can be no standard or 
established rule for us any more than man in his present 



100 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

state can determine what shall be the highest condition of 
immortality. 

But as progression is the work of the spirit of God, and 
as it has been revealed from the beginning as a slow but 
sure process of development, so will superstition and past 
inspiration wear away, and give place to that which is more 
in advance. We transfer all responsibility to him through 
this channel, extending it through this life and eternity, 
neither adding to nor taking away, changing nor keeping in 
order, but leaving all to Him who intended man to be made 
in his likeness ; striving ourselves to make the best use of 
so important a privilege. We are interested in the multi- 
plicity of sources spread over God's universe for the mind 
to investigate and become enlarged thereby, receiving and 
taking hold of ideas presented from a standpoint which is 
unalterable by the vicious propensities of a long life of 
idleness, ignorance, and sin. 

When one contemplates the long period of time which 
has elapsed in his own history, as recorded in memory, and 
combines also events that transpired long before his exist- 
ence, as rehearsed by fond and devoted parents, protectors, 
or friends, which they, in turn, received from a source 
still more remote, the mind is carried back to contend with 
prejudices, superstition, and ignorance, which hold sway 
among the people, and have become established as a part 
of their education. Under such influence, the mind recedes 
from a close application to those teachings which reveal the 
present to be an age of progression, and retains nought but 
ideas peculiar to ancient origin. 

Laws or principles are regarded as miracles by those 
w T ho hold to the idea of special Providence, and regard man 
as springing from a divine source ; but no explanation is 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 101 

given, except that he was made from the dust of the earth, — 
a mere assertion, without philosophic reasoning, and with- 
out the science of mind being brought to bear upon it, or 
any distinction being made between the spirit and the ma- 
terial. No reference is made to the spirit of God working 
in all things, showing a purpose in advance ; but all ideas 
are clothed with u Thus saith the Lord," and " Thus saith 
the Most High," never pointing beyond their own individual- 
ity for the law of that progress manifested in every thing the 
spirit hath breathed upon, and touched by the magic power 
of an unseen hand. 

The sentiments imbibed and indorsed by the ancients 
were in accordance with the times of their development, 
or conditions suited to their spiritual unfolding. These 
people were ignorant of laws, having no conception of a 
God except as a person, declaring in their hearts that they 
knew no God but the God of the Israelites, praying to no 
other, and holding up sacrifices as an offering for their ini- 
quity, letting the redemption of their sins rest here. This 
was their religion ; and hardly light enough had they to 
maintain even this position, often substituting images for 
God ; showing their ignorance, and necessity of a higher 
spiritual development. 

And thus, as progression advanced in the mind, unfitting 
the people for such forms and ceremonies, the heart was 
prepared to receive higher and more exalted views of Chris- 
tianity, and the attributes contained in Deity. They were 
led to look for a change in their mode of worship ; and 
hence was Christ prophesied of and brought to appear in 
the light of a Redeemer, or as a new source for the redemp- 
tion of their sins. They clothed him in a garb peculiar to 
their early education, the mind not having wholly emerged 



102 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

from or laid aside the idea of worshipping a personal being 
for God : but, advanced so far, they were able to discern 
him as being more closely allied to the spiritual ; and, feeling 
joy in their hearts for increased light, they were led to look 
for him there, and nowhere else. And- now, because they 
limited the mind to his sphere of action, shall we? Shall 
we stop the wheels of progression here, or let the mighty 
flood of light that has been pouring in upon the mind ever 
since the world existed with an individualized existence, 
have its perfect work, and transcend all errors of the past, 
giving a broad and extended use of the mind, never forget- 
ting it has a work to do in repairing and tearing away the 
rubbish of the past, that more light may shine in upon that 
immortal part, fulfilling that word "progression," and erect- 
ing a monument of knowledge, goodness, and happiness, 
lasting through eternity ? 

Thus the spirit goeth forth as the beginning ; holds pro- 
gression as the instrument of its work : and combines mag- 
nitude of intellect, greatness of power, etherealization of 
substance in the combination of mind. Concentrated in 
man for an exalted purpose, the machine through which 
it works is ever the most perfect of any living thing. Let 
it be the design of every individual to know more and more 
of the work of this spirit, that they may be so far advanced 
in eternity. There may be truth in all sentiments ; then 
cast away none, but hold thyself in readiness to advance 
from thy present position to a standard pointing higher ; 
accept more extended views of progression ; exalt the mind 
victorious over error, and give it a brighter view of truth. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 103 



FREE INTERCHANGE OF SENTIMENT. 

Truth, light, and error are given from one to another 
through conversation. The principle of conversation origi- 
nates with a desire to instruct ; therefore, social intercourse 
is established upon this basis. From thence proceed the 
more profound ideas, glimmering from the mind with the 
purpose of raising the understanding of others to a level 
with our own, and of calling ideas from them which will aid 
our conceptions concerning subjects upon which we possess 
not sufficient intelligence. Thus the art of conversation is 
made a source of pleasure and information. 

What is there more productive of benefit than the posses- 
sion of a faculty of explaining ideas intelligently, which, 
promptly met by the receiver, become a part of his store 
of knowledge ? what, I ask, can be more beneficial than this 
mode of conveying instruction, as prompted by elevated 
motives, with the good and meritorious prospect of raising 
one individual to the rank and intellectual station of another? 

Conversation is but embryo intelligence germinating into 
knowledge, imparted as the ideas are framed, thereby trans- 
mitting thought, and stamping it upon the minds of others ; 
or a mutual exchange of sentiment, the feelings of recipro- 
cation laying the foundation for further research. Such is 
the tendency of pure, elevating instruction, called out and 
given in free interchange of sentiment. 

Communities, in general, are defined in their position by 
the fluctuating information received by transient or stationary 
instructors, mingled with the literature in circulation. How 
important, then, that all classes be accustomed to hearing 



104 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

discussions, and to mingling with those whose standing is 
far in the ascendency ! Letting pure and elevating thoughts 
flow spontaneously calls into action every fibre of the in- 
tellect, arousing some more than others, according to their 
susceptibility, and ripening into maturity reflections to be 
meditated upon for months and even for years afterwards. 
Thus free interchange of sentiment becomes the founder 
and promulgator of light, truth, and facts far in advance 
of views before entertained, and establishes precepts and 
principles for the people to follow for ages to come ; grad- 
ually preparing the mind to accept growths of purpose 
beyond its immediate capacity to indorse and apply indi- 
vidually, or such as behooves communities, nations, and 
kingdoms, and all connected with overthrowing error and 
establishing principles of truth, to accept. 

It is by free speech that nations emerge from conditions 
that are oppressive to a higher standard. It is by free 
speech that ideas promulgated for a time merge into those 
farther in advance. It is by and through the power of free 
speech that institutions of learning are carried forward with 
the spirit they maintain. By such promulgation is an in- 
fluence of equality shed broadcast over the community. All 
merit a share in its freedom. The illiterate have thoughts 
analogous to those of the man of art and science, because 
such was every mind until brought under the influence of 
instructional discipline. As reproduction is the tendency 
of mind, through relationship, to what is more advanced, 
how natural are the steps leading through degrees of ad- 
vancement, producing in others what we feel inclined to 
bestow through the influence of free communion ! 

Many contingencies might be overcome and avoided by 
freedom of conversation and the expression of views frankly ; 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 105 

not feeling the grip of suppression, but letting the ideas flow 
unbiassed and unpremeditated, as the stream pursues its 
natural channel, disguising not a ripple upon the surface, 
or a pebble lying on the bottom, and, perchance, worn bright 
as an ornament for use. So is it with free interchange of 
sentiment : it speeds on its way, and calls from the slumber- 
ing recesses of the clouded mind such brilliancy of thought 
as makes an ornament for the intellect, enduring as eternity. 

The divinity in intellect is called out by free interchange 
of sentiment, in awakening the reasoning powers, and bring- 
ing to bear that which is meritorious, and worthy to be 
retained. Never fear a commingling of associations, or to 
hear that expressed which is inharmonious, or repulsive 
to the moral understanding, for fear of being contaminated 
thereby ; but let the intellect govern this, keeping you upon 
a plane above the desire, necessity, or inclination of becom- 
ing in the least affected by it, knowing full well the conse- 
quences ; but hear and investigate for the purpose of knowing 
what to reject or indorse. 

A right understanding prepares the way to hear all things, 
good or bad, without coalescing or being overcome by the 
corrupt part ; and will enable you to be fully prepared to give 
all ideas a place in your mind, judging them, and showing 
to others wherein a portion are wrong, thus keeping indi- 
viduals, and perhaps communities, from indorsing or falling 
into the wake of error by your desire and courage to meet 

evil, and willingness to let the intellect guide through the 

■ © © © 

narrow straits leading to virtue. The sin of evil must be 
overcome, or it remains yet a thorn ; but, when promptly 
met and subdued, it falls harmless at your feet, a conquered 
enemy. When allowed to retain its hold, and you evade it 
by avoiding its contact, it is still unsubdued, remaining 



106 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

as a thorn which you must be on your guard against for 
fear of feeling its sting ; but, when levelled to the ground by 
the power of understanding, it no more raises its lofty crest 
in your path, but becomes submissive, yielding perfectly to 
your control, and its power and growth no longer retain a 
hold as an annoyance, or something to be shunned. 

Cannot the understanding be raised so far above coalescing 
with sin as to view it in the light of the thorn, subduing it 
as easily, and always holding it subject to control, and, even 
though temptation allure, causing it to fall a harmless missile 
at your feet? Cannot the intellect be made to show the 
wisdom of a honey-bee, which selects the sweet from each 
flower, however secluded it may grow, and makes three dis- 
tinct substances from its selection ? And has not man the 
natural capacity to make selections from mankind ? Man- 
kind may w^ell be likened to the spontaneous productions of 
Nature ; his intellect being the ruling power in selecting the 
wheat from the tares. Mankind may also be likened to a 
garden bringing forth all kinds of fruit : it by no means 
should exclude the traveller from entering and selecting 
because there are some not palatable. Perchance, should 
he make a bad selection, he can seek for better. It is 
by no means reasonable, because his choice was not a 
gooc} one, that he should retain it. This applies equally 
well to associations. It does not necessarily follow that all 
sentiments expressed should be retained, or all associates be 
made to share an equal standing with ourselves ; but let free 
interchange of sentiment show them the supremacy of vir- 
tuous and moral precepts. 

When one passes to more mature reflections, it will be 
seen how this principle may be applied to mankind, making 
selections from each individual nature, and counting all as 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 107 

worthy of consideration. Great good may come from this 
charitable and magnanimous mode of associating with pro- 
miscuous ones : it gives each his share of respect, and 
gives none the preference, only as it is merited. The 
receiver is willing to hear from any source, manifesting a 
desire to hear discussion upon any subject, feeling confidence 
in the ability of his better judgment to select such portions 
as is best to retain, and feeling at liberty to discuss the pro- 
priety and merits of the whole subject with his neighbor. 
This is interchange of sentiment based and supported upon 
the principles of free speech. 

The differences in mankind consist not in the lack of 
inherent capacity, but in the neglect to call it into use, 
thereby promoting intelligence worthy to be imparted to 
others, and benefiting thereby. We have every reason to 
suppose that there is more in mankind generally to be called 
out than is indicated by what w r e see, and have given from 
time to time by the pen. The elementary principle working 
in man manifests the deep-abiding feelings of the heart, and 
calls for a response from others ; and there is no way of 
manifesting it but through works and sentiments grafted by 
the ties of conversational powers. It opens the secret spring 
by which all may have a clearer view of the many virtues 
brought out by free interchange of sentiment. 



THE PRESENT DESTINY OF MAN. 

Why, O man ! markest thou thy destiny with the cer- 
tainty of a future, if not prepared to shape thy course 
accordingly? Why markest thou thy destiny with incre- 



108 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

dulity, casting thy lot amid uncertainties, keeping the mind 
harrowed and unsettled, and yet relying so much upon future 
life and eternity? Why falter upon the threshold of that 
which is hidden or obscure, when the soul divines for itself 
an emblem of things to come, and directs a course leading 
to those habitations of bliss? Why let indifference rush 
thee on to acts not compatible with thy nature, arousing the 
intellect to deeds of crime ? Why, O man ! is thy destiny 
so cast? 

Canst thou not avert many incidents which counteract the 
good ? and hast thou not power to withdraw from the dark- 
ness of thy ways, and throw that in thy path which will be a 
guide and light unto thy feet? Hast thou not the energy to 
make an effort to turn from thy waywardness, and become 
the light of the world ? or must thou continue in the channel 
of disparagement and woe, leaving undone the things thou 
ought to have done for thy own and others' benefit? If all 
this must be, who is accountable for the injuries done to the 
immortal part, subjecting it to severe trials in eternity, 
flowing from the propensity of wrong-doing developed while 
coursing its way through the channel of earth-life ? How 
much reflection there ought to be upon this point ! If life is 
the harbinger of good, it ought to merit approbation from 
every reflecting mind ; and, if that is not thy cast, let it 
soon foreshadow the evils of neglect. 

If thy career through life be a hard, ignominious relation- 
ship with thy fellow-man, is it because thy innate qualities 
lack firmness to pursue the right, or from thy neglect to call 
them into action, thus subduing the evil inclination? If thy 
life denotes quarrels and discordant feelings toward all, is 
not this, also, the fruit of neglect? Let thy life be fraught 
with good daily manifested in thy nature, and soon will 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 109 

justice and right shut from observation the faults of others, 
and supply thee with sufficient labor in clearing away the 
uncultivated portion of thine own character ; thus shalt thou 
thrive with a twofold degree of prudence, together with 
many other good qualities which before were shut out. All 
this lies within ourselves to cultivate, or to be overcome by 
evil. 

If thy energy be lacking, rally to the standard of self- 
mastership over the foe of thine own heart, the same as thou 
would manifest towards an outside foe intruding upon thy 
personal rights. If thy life is not productive of that pomp 
and display which thy nature would desire, and if thine 
innate qualities are not gifted for the collection of glittering 
dust, is not a mind well stored with the dust that is incor- 
ruptible far preferable? and is it not its tendency to allure to 
those realms where time is linked with the destiny of no 
man, only as it is made use of to some beneficial purpose? 
Thy creative energies all point in this direction ; and, if not 
tuned to those aspirations while living in the rudiment al 
state, then will their .notes, so long silent, await the begin- 
ning of vibration in the higher life. 

While the echo of inspiration is sounding in thine ear, 
calling thee to a better life, is it not thy fault if it har- 
monize not thy nature, and assist not in overcoming evil 
propensities, thus baptizing the intellect with charity and love 
for the good? Has there not slumbered in thy nature those 
designs which awaken to life better resolutions, causing thee 
to shudder with despair, or give up to the melancholy 
thought that there is no good in store for thee? If so, is 
not this the complaining of thy nature, acting from a lack 
of cultivation, which it was tliy duty to have given heed 
to long ago? It is but the natural result of neglect to 



110 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, 

feed the mind upon that which will raise it above those 
conditions. 

If inharmony arouse thee to activity beyond control, and 
rush thee, by a gust of passion, to a step of crime, or one 
bordering upon insanity, it will but leave thee with more 
decision to shun such a course when once turned to good 
aspirations ; and, lifting the soul on high for enjoyment, it 
drinks of the refreshing draught with a double relish, having 
known by bitter experience the reverse. 

How frail and yet how strong is man ! — strong in the 
capacity for good, for to that purpose was he made, and 
powers were given him to that effect ; strong in capacities 
indicated by the desires, for such doth he master by the 
exercise of his will. To accomplish what his heart seems 
intent upon receiving are all his efforts directed ; and when 
such inclinations are brought to bear with the might, mind, 
and strength of the soul, what cannot man accomplish ? and, 
if directed in enmity to vice, how sure is he to conquer, 
holding the destiny of his future course with a fulness re- 
plete with good works ! 

Frail in intellect, yet by his own exertions is this accom- 
plished, and by his own inclination doth he surround his 
being with fruits unto happiness, or strew his path with 
thorns. All this depends upon the cultivation of intellect, 
awakening sensations alive to something tending higher, or 
to the reverse. The man of the world may attempt to 
cultivate the finer feelings of divinity ; but how soon is he 
absorbed in the mighty dollar, which glistens before his 
intellect with a degree of brilliancy that eclipses the great 
truths which lie at his feet to be picked up, and transmitted 
to his reception as the best of treasures ! Thus is lost in 
him the design of framing the intellect to some purpose 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. Ill 

beyond this life ; and in spirit-life he is but a cliild in intel- 
lect. The same applies to him here ; for nothing beueficial 
has been stored to feast the mind beyond pecuniary gain, 
which loses its hold at death ; and thus the man of the 
world becomes weak in intellect, remaining so by his own 
choice and neglect. 

How frail is intellect until called out and fed upon sub- 
stantial truths, which develop firmness and strength of mind ! 
Carried by the tide of intelligence beyond the limits of 
simple education, he wafts the intellect into obscurity, find- 
ing there, and bringing forth, truths which have long slum- 
bered for the lack of efforts to search and obtain. How 
simple, and yet how capable of being diffused through the 
mind, are these higher truths and aspirations ! All that is 
necessary is for the intellect to observe and search, and they 
will surely be found ; until then, it must remain in igno- 
rance. How weak, then, is the intellect by nature, but 
possessing the elements of strength when wrought upon 
from an inspirational source ! 

How fallacious the idea that mankind can live to some 
purpose, and yet lose sight of the first great principle or 
cause ! The greatness of intellect employed upon this sub- 
ject grasps the idea of shaping our own destiny by a full 
and right use of powers innately planted in each and every 
breast for that particular purpose. If man fails to call out 
these powers, why complain of his hard and unrighteous 
destiny, and call upon a special providence to interfere, and 
intercept his downward course ? If thy lot be cast amid hard- 
ships, all the more need is there of a revival of those dor- 
mant powers, renewing their activity in reversing their 
former proclivities. 

How necessary that every individual should choose that 



112 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

for himself most befitting his capabilities and capacity to 
understand, employing the full scope of his intellect, measur- 
ing it by degrees conforming to his practical life ! Such a 
one is prepared to make a path of his own, verging to the 
immortal heights of ambition, and asserting precepts found- 
ed upon strength of intellect. 

What more doth man ask in a pecuniary view than the 
implements of labor and soil to work upon? Just so is it 
with the intellect, and the happiness proceeding therefrom. 
The faculties laying dormant are the implements for use, the 
intellect the ground for work, and happiness the fruit of the 
labor, lasting as eternity. Complainest thou because of thy 
unhappiness, when idleness of intellect marks thy course, 
characterized by ignorance, and no appreciation of intellect- 
ual pursuits, yet expecting happiness in the future, and 
shaping thy course accordingly? Dost thou expect more 
in the future than thou art prepared to enjoy here, or hast 
intellect to comprehend? Dost thou expect peevishness, 
perverseness, and a spirit of dissatisfaction, producing a 
whole lifetime of unhappiness, to be removed from thy na- 
ture, while seraphs sing a peaceful requiem, in the chorus of 
which thou wilt be prepared to join ; thy spirit drinking in full 
inspiration and love, and the meaning of the angelic throng? 

Knowledge of the conditions that exist after this life 
prompts us to do all the good in our power for such ; know- 
ing of a surety, as we do, that their happiness must proceed 
from awakening the intellect to a sense of their degraded 
state, and to a full realization of the necessity of cultivating 
it from a high spiritual source, refining and making bettei 
by raising the understanding above vice, ignorance, cupidity, 
and wrong. It is the intellect that must be touched upon 
to accomplish this state of existence. Raise this one faculty 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 113 

to a right understanding, and you have the elements of peace 
combined in your own nature. 

Thus is it with the child : force him to obedience, and he 
obeys for the time ; but, if the intellect is not raised to a point 
where he sees the propriety of doing thus and so, yon have 
but a machine, acting as it is acted upon by force. The 
child in its youth needs guidance from a stern hand, in a 
path adapted to his years ; but soon the intellect emerges 
in the form of reason, to be wrought upon by instruction. 
When appealing to this faculty, a full consciousness of wrong 
is awakened, and the child no more needs restriction, for 
intellect holds sway ; and whatever appeals to that is suffi- 
cient for all its necessary restraint or guidance. Thus is 
he kept master over the propensity to wrong by qualities 
possessed within himself. 

Obedience to that higher law bids all so to act as to call 
out this faculty, and allow it to expand until it takes entire 
possession, dethroning evil, and shaping our destiny for 
happiness here and hereafter. The watchfulness of every 
mind over its own acts should be a study during life, freight- 
ed with labor extending to eternity. 

Sufficient is the mind to accomplish all this. 

Industry of intellect should mark the course of every mind, 
and soon will it expand far beyond any conception given in 
these few pages. Its neglect being so keenly felt in spirit- 
life is my motive in presenting this subject to you. How 
sincerely do many minds hunger for their rudimental advan- 
tages ! but, alas ! they have spent a long life upon earth, and 
have entered their spirit-abode fully ripened to old age, but 
only beginners in intellectual pursuits, weak as infancy, yet 
strong in their own propensities, which must be overcome 
by powers which they possess not. 
8 



114 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

How deplorable is this condition in the aged of earth, who 
may at any time leave the mortal coil, and put on immor- 
tality, void of one thought fully matured as to the future ! 

The confinement of the mind so long in the flesh is a bar- 
rier to the spirit, unless directed in paths of wisdom and 
rectitude ; but, when a cultivated intellect holds sway, how 
beautiful is the spirit of him who sowed the seed upon good 
ground and cultivated it, plucking out the thorns, as he 
watched its growth, and living to reap the harvest, and 
gather it to himself in old age ! He awakens to action in 
spirit -life laden with the fulness of well-doing, and an 
abundant store of intellect harvested by his own exertions in 
calling out faculties which conquer evil and establish good. 
Such ones are truly the salt of the earth. Well can the 
Father say, " Well done, good and faithful servant, enter 
thou into the joys of thy Lord ! " His gray locks glisten 
with aspirations which carry his freed spirit far beyond the 
boundaries of earth, and plant his feet upon the happiness 
which is his due. His full ripeness of years has given him 
experience, from which he has gathered the many threads 
of life, and woven them iu memory, until there vibrates from 
every chord a sweet recollection of the past, filling his whole 
existence with peace and quietude of conscience. 

How beautiful is thought in connection with a useful and 
peaceful past, welling up from the innermost depths of the 
soul, and shaping the destiny then experienced ! How fast 
are all mankind verging to this point, or the reverse ! Then 
let the intellect speed on with the power possessed within 
itself, and the promotion of happiness, and strengthening of 
manly virtues, will be thy reward. In shaping thy destiny, 
let this be kept uppermost, and thy reward will be a com- 
plete triumph over thy many complaining, unhappy propen- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 115 

sities. Many a bright spot will there be in thy life worthy 
to be counted as a part of thy inheritance when the spirit 
says " Go higher," there to re-form itself anew. Among the 
many incidents transpiring daily, we know of none so per- 
plexing and hard to overcome, as that the intellect, with 
proper cultivation, can be brought to bear either directly or 
indirectly upon them, scattering them as the wind doth 
scatter grains of sand upon the seashore, never again to 
occupy their former place. 

How insignificant seems life without this qualification ! 
and of how small importance ought the downward tendency 
of life to appear when we know we have within our com- 
mand the remedy for such ills, being heirs of life ! How 
incorruptible are the morals when based upon principles 
taught and imbibed by rising above evil through the 
strength and elevation of a refined and cultivated intellect ! 
No words are capable of conveying an adequate idea of its 
genuineness and worth ; no tongue can express what it does 
for mankind. In unmeaning tones doth it speak to him 
who is but an observer ; but to the one who is its possessor, 
and realizes its full benefit, our pen fails to describe its 
value. But who shall be content to live without it? If 
any, let not such complain of their unhappy fate ; for the 
fault lies within their own breasts, and there will remain 
until by their own efforts, through the faculty of intellect, 
they rise above and overcome those conditions. Then will 
the saying be fulfilled, " Whosoever will can remove this 
mountain. " 



116 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 



SPIRIT-ASSOCIATIONS. 

Enough has been said of a character suited to the neces- 
sities of a reading community, more pungent, pithy, and 
sublime than I feel competent to give ; therefore the inten- 
tion of this book is not so much to add to the manuscripts 
which have been written upon various subjects, as to elicit 
attention from the spirit-world by one who was long enough 
in your midst to form some correct idea of mankind and 
their habits, having been a practising physician while an 
inhabitant of the form. 

And, while my voice no longer sounds in your ear, its 
echo is heard from the spirit-world. With fervor do I 
exclaim, u Glory to the advantages of spirit-life ! " 

Friendship, love, and truth characterize spirits of a 
progressive order, who associate together in unity, calling 
together promiscuous classes for the purpose of sharing 
each other's intelligence, ruling their animosities with that 
zeal which all feel the necessity of bringing to bear, and 
joining in one hearty concord of expression. 

Spirit-associations are rendered agreeable from the fact 
that frankness is manifested in measuring by the true stand- 
ard of intellect, and a feeling of freedom from danger of 
giving offence is participated in by all. With mortals, not 
one in ten is approachable from his true standpoint, or 
feels free to converse upon subjects conflicting in sentiment, 
so excitable is the mind schooled by earthly association. 
No deception or disguise is indulged by spirits ; but each 
comes to the work with simplicity and unfeigned interest, as 
manifested in the earnestness of every spirit. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 117 

Gathering together those whose opinions are varied, and 
who dissent from each other, for the purpose of hearing 
ideas adverse to our own, is one phase of spirit-associa- 
tions which produces a stimulus that enlarges the capacity 
of understanding, and arouses it to a sense of its stupidity, 
and the liability of becoming habituated to one channel of 
thought, making the pool of intellect stagnant with ideas 
long since matured, and which ought to give place to those 
in advance. Gatherings are convened for this particular 
purpose, and conducted by spirits who are competent to 
instruct ; and such spirits as need this discipline are solicit- 
ed to attend. Spirits know full well that it is for their 
benefit, and reap the reward with feelings of gratitude. 
How rarely is this indulged by mortals without giving 
offence to one side or the other ! not possessing the virtue 
to canvass a subject which seems incompatible with present 
views. Before reason has been brought to bear, it is con- 
demned, perhaps, or an uneasiness manifested bordering 
upon decided disapproval of sociability upon a subject 
not approved. How embarrassing is the effect upon the 
social nature which thirsts for an understanding of others 9 
views ! 

Many spirits wend their way through a thorough course 
of instruction by the aid of such associations, who other- 
wise would remain dormant, conceited with their present 
knowledge, satisfied with themselves, but exceedingly dissat- 
isfied with others. These call together a class of spirits 
whose truthfulness, integrity, and honor abound in intel- 
lectual pursuits ; some in one direction and some in another. 
They combine by aspirations of the intellect alone, with 
love of wisdom and of each other, through the social nature 
of thought responding to thought, building higher the 



118 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

mighty tower of contrast between unbiassed friendship and 
being subjected to the reckless wave of popular opinion. 

How compatible with all desires connected with the 
aspirations of thought and independent feeling are these 
gatherings ! They are productive of benefit from too many 
sources to admit of enumeration. The spirit never attends 
the second time without meeting with a change of senti- 
ment forming the base of conversation, maturing many 
ideas which it gives us pleasure to present to you. 

Nor is this the only phase of association in spirit-life. 
We are associated with a class whose high moral standing 
is such as to render them, through congenial and sympa- 
thetic regard, accessible to the hearts of all classes ; over- 
powering them with the effulgence of spirit-emanations, and 
impressing with a fervor so strong, that the impenitent yield 
as readily as the sun clears away darkness. An abiding 
interest is cherished, growing strong under this influence, in 
which is involved all considerations due for the future hap- 
piness of the unprogressed spirit. Opportunities are given 
through this source for ail to improve ; these spirits delight- 
ing thus to work for the good of others, the purity of their 
lives being freely imparted to those desiring elevation. 

Spirit-association is a principle from which might be 
drawn many conclusions. One among the mauy is the pro- 
priety of being true to ourselves, never letting deception 
mar the social nature, or bigotry and superstition our 
spiritual growth. Let us pour a flood of light wherever the 
feet tread, disarming pride, vain display, and attempts to 
be what we are not ; and let sympathy greet the feelings 
with a flood of intelligence, pouring the balmy effulgence 
of light into the hearts of all, and lifting the veil of 
estrangement, so characteristic of mankind ! 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 119 

Oh that mortals could behold the harmony and unity 
of feeling actuating spirits, and rear a standard emblemati- 
cal of them preparatory to their exit hence ! As the mind 
is the spirit of every individual, and, when divested of flesh, 
ascends to the spirit- world without change, all desires and 
every quality of the mind is retained ; and upon these rest 
the associations of every spirit. Every thought is discerni- 
ble, and is read, indicating the true character and cast of 
intellectual attainments, religious and moral standing, and 
vice imbibed during earthly existence. What spirit who 
sees this has not the desire to pluck error and iniquity from 
the understanding, and commence anew upon a broader and 
more comprehensive basis, enlarging the intellectual powers, 
seeking pure associations, that they may partake of their 
benefits, and wax strong in ways they had formerly 
neglected? With a progressive spirit this is the first effort, 
together with a strong desire to launch out into the broad 
area of spiritual attainments, and gather from others' intel- 
lect that to which they had not before been accessible. 
How eagerly does the spirit improve these opportunities ! 
But with mortals the tendency is to admonish when going 
beyond certain entertained ideas, and limit associations to 
one channel, believing in one faith, adhering to one creed, 
bound to one book as adherence to God. 

It is equally as necessary that the mind be free from er- 
ror upon religious subjects as upon those touching the im- 
moral part of life ; for, error and right being antagonistic, 
where error abides truth is concealed. . Suppression of truth 
brings out a wrong phase of life, from which spring many 
evils that continue in spirit-life long after the spirit takes its 
departure from earth. It is often the work of ages for 
spirits to emerge from errors inculcated by religious teach- 



120 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

ings ; while with moral evil, when the influence of worldly 
associations are removed, they emerge from those conditions 
very readily, as they arise more from assimilating with 
surroundings than because the understanding is schooled to 
that effect. 

Spirits in their associations are impartial to the sources 
of error, striving as earnestly to overcome it in one case as 
in another, imputing equal disadvantages, making all error 
a source of commiseration to them. The rule of infallibili- 
ty applies to all, and is also applicable to spirit-life. An 
individual is not responsible for his organization, but only 
for the use he makes of it. 

The obsequious tendency of mankind renders sociability 
possible upon another basis than what the conscience would 
dictate. To overcome prejudice is generally the first effort, 
and then pierce to the understanding with a cautious feeling 
of intrusion. How great the contrast with spirit-associa- 
tions is this necessity of ascertaining where a person stands 
in sentiment before feeling at liberty to approach a subject 
very near your own heart ! 

Oh that we might be instrumental in bringing mankind 
nearer to the standard of spirit-life ! Remembrances of 
earth, and of the home made desolate by our departure, 
brings us back to our friends, to assist them to spend the 
remainder of their days in such a way as to lighten the sad- 
ness of their hearts, as of old, and through them, if possible, 
extend the benefit of our associations to others. All spirits 
have attachments to earth, connecting them by the strong 
ties of consanguinity with their earthly existence. Many a 
spirit has made his robes bright and shining through labors 
in the path of good with the inhabitants of earth. We all 
form a band of brothers, joined together by the cord of as- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 121 

sociation ; and we invite all humanity to unite with us. Our 
hearts yearn for that sympathizing relationship which we 
so much anticipate in again being united. Come, then, and 
be as much like us as is compatible with your surroundings ! 
The thread of life is loosely interwoven with your earthly 
frame, and soon may release the spirit. Becoming one of 
our number, may you be prepared to take a stand beyond 
any sentiments herein expressed, and we will gladly turn to 
you for more light. And, if the heart can be tuned to re- 
ceive sentiments beyond those at present taught, we will 
gladly tender to you our fellowship and a full recognition of 
spirit-association. 



GOD A SUBSTANCE. 

In bringing spirit before the understanding as a substance, 
we mean that essence of divine love which permeated all 
formations from the commencement, which is the Creator. 
The Spirit, or God, is a distinct substance, standing entire 
and alone as much as the element through which it works. 
Spirit is the embodiment of love, purity, and elevation, per- 
fect in and of itself; divine by itself; operating by itself 
independent of matter ; is urged forth as the propelling in- 
fluence of good by its innate will ; holds communion with 
mortals by the desire and promptings of its innate qualities ; 
is regulated and set in motion by the inherent properties pos- 
sessed within itself ; and concludes all with a force of power 
manifested by the will of its own being. In the application 
of spirit, it must be considered as a substance, else you have 
no conception of what you partake. 



122 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

Spirit can be substance, notwithstanding it is incapable 
of being measured by the bodily senses ; but, strictly ad- 
hering to the spiritual, it is tangible to that element alone. 
Neither is it for mortals to restrict that word " substance" to 
what comes under physical demonstration alone ; for there is 
nothing with you but what we have in the same ratio, ethe- 
realized ; not diminished, but more fine and subtle from the 
fact of its being more closely allied to spirit, or the source 
from whence it was given. It is produced aside from the 
annexations of matter, for the mind to operate through in 
its concentration as spirit ; therefore you have but a crude 
conception of the element. 

In defining God as a substance, it is clearly shown that 
he is an ethereal, sublimated composition. It is in propor- 
tion as matter is wrought upon by spirit, pervading every 
part, and making it appear more refined, that you look upon 
the process by which the material undergoes a change. To 
experiment upon this, you have only to extract the ethereal 
part, and how quickly the material shows that it possesses 
no properties giving evidence of exaltation, or being in the 
least refined ! It gravitates back to the element of which it 
was a part before the spirit breathed upon and bade it come 
up higher : thus is the vision closed as to the working of 
spirit, through the covering of the material. 

The most scrupulously-investigated facts furnish no evi- 
dence that He has ever been seen aside from his works. 
But there may be conclusions drawn, that there are unmis- 
takable evidences of future life which disclose more of the 
innate life-principle than is presented by matter, and which 
may be fed upon as food by the spirit-mind with as much 
tangibleness as earthly food is partaken of by the body. 

It is an established principle with spirit-inhabitants that 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 123 

God is a substance ; and by this they are made ready to take 
hold of him in the form of truths, and apply them to their 
elevation and knowledge. 

The inhabitants of earth may wonder at the assertion 
that God is a substance ; but he surely is, and just as tan- 
gible to us as spirits as the appendage of substance is to 
you in the different parts composing the body. He surely 
is ; for we taste, feel, and see with the spirit ; of it we are ; 
by it we live ; our growth is spirit ; and why is it not a sub- 
stance? Hence, when we declare God to be a substance, we 
speak from positive knowledge ; having communed with and 
partaken of divine emanations more real and lasting than 
the eternity through which we are passing. 

Its independence cannot be understood so long as matter, 
of which the body is composed, depends entirely upon spirit 
for its existence. How plainly is this manifested ! for ex- 
tract spirit, and it takes away life ; but spirit, not being 
destroyed, shows it to be an element by itself, capable of 
surviving in or out of Nature. 

From whence, then, originated Divinity? May we not 
assume him to be the embodiment of the whole in the form 
of a distinct substance called " spirit"? 

In shaping the spirit so as to meet the demands of un- 
foldment, it becomes necessary that material be produced 
through which it may operate, manifesting at every turn 
such indications as may best be suited to its inclination. 
No one can be so highly touched upon and benefited as by 
his glory transmitted to us through the mind. Only wafted 
across the intellect, it breathes purity, elevation, and love. 
When once wrought upon, it vibrates through the whole 
universe, transmitting its peculiarity : it goes beyond the 
depths of infinitude, and there blends with its own. Neces- 



124 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

sary is it for development that spirit be the acting agency ; 
for thereby it concentrates and works out the divine prin- 
ciple. 

By reasoning and investigation is the mind brought in 
rajoport with higher ideas ; and this is one object in present- 
ing these facts. It is the most comprehensive, and easily to 
be felt and understood, of any substance ; for by it has he 
given evidence of his existence : and, when once known, it 
is marts duty to search his being by the powers of intellect 
given for that purpose. If it were not, immortality would 
be void of interest, and the mind, in part, formed for no pur- 
pose. How necessary, then, that the spirit be understood ! 
Shrink not from its investigation, but bring out, under the 
subject of Godhead, all pertaining to him, and apply to thy 
spiritual necessities. 

In touching upon the many points illustrating its use, 
there is no evidence so replete with genuineness as the con- 
trast between the spiritually-developed mind and one that 
knows not of God in any form. The intellect not only 
shows a deficiency, but it appears in every act of life, 
manifested to others, especially to one enriched thereby ; 
showing the contrast to be great, and all for the lack of this 
spirit-element which works in the nature, calling upon the 
material, through which it is subjected, to extend its arms 
aloft to things ethereal and divine. Sometimes we have 
almost despaired of giving to mankind any conception of 
God, or his tangibility as a substance ; but it does seem as 
if the mind might rise above the material sufficient to com- 
prehend, in part, the Being with whom it has constantly to 
deal ; thereby creating some evidence of the spiritual being 
alive in you. How absurd it is to call it the mystery of 
God, and let it pass ! As well might you call the organic 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, 125 

arrangement of the human system a mystery, and thus close 
the mind to further investigations pertaining to man or to 
immortality. 

But, earthly friends, you are soon to become inhabitants 
of the spirit-world ; and, should this piece fail to elicit a 
clear conception of what God is, it will not fail to give your 
spiritual attributes an impetus when planted upon this side. 
How firmly, then, will you grasp the little light we were 
enabled to convey, feeling it to be the window through 
which you gained a view of the entrance to the spirit-life, 
and of that for which you were transplanted here, and 
which you cannot help but apply to your good ! 

And thus ends the effort of him who is a partaker of what 
he seeks to share with others. He feels at times as though 
his cup was filled with more than his allowance, and so en- 
deavors to pour a part into other minds, praying for success 
therein. 



SCIENTIFIC RANGE OF THOUGHT. 

In all scientific arts, there is none that will match the 
mind in its anticipations. The broad expanse spread out 
before the spirit for investigation still leaves farther scope 
for the mind extending to infinitude. 

Discoveries which follow in a scientific range of thought 
move with mighty energy of perception, never pausing upon 
the threshold of that less significant than mental aspiration 
and satisfaction. Scroll after scroll passes before the vision, 
and places before the mind material for scientific research, 



126 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

giving the spirit ample demonstrations and evidence of 
greater immensities to be explored. The explorations made 
familiar to the scientific observer widen into a vast field or 
sea of research, ascending to where divine origin displays 
its fulness, germinating in all things. Every discovery 
brought forth gives a new impetus ; every act shows the 
greatness manifested in so vast and harmonious a machine 
as creation, sustained by that all-pervading power which is 
God. The spirit moves through space with the rapidity of 
thought, steps upon the shores of other worlds, and explores 
their boundaries, exclaiming, " What is man that thou art 
mindful of him ! " • 

Science reveals the properties of matter wrought upon by 
the principle of revolution, and emerging into a fixed rota- 
tion. The magnitude and grandeur of science excels all 
other studies. It plunges deep into the bowels of the earth, 
soars to the mighty dominion of worlds, sweeps from the 
eastern to the western continent, and gathers the most im- 
portant portions of the deepest and most profound collections 
of all researches. It wends its way to the spirit- world, and 
is there dwelt upon with a deeper penetration and clearer 
perception by those who consider science to be the ground- 
work of mind. 

Unlimited space, reaching far beyond the conceptions of 
man, invites him to search ; his mind being the element 
which weighs all things by its power, and which is involved 
in the more sublimated compositions. Let us reflect upon 
the vastness of infinitude, lying, as it were, upon the palm 
of eternity's hand ready for such use as the mind is pre- 
pared to comprehend ; and while much may be brought to 
light by our efforts, yet it is and was always there. The 
highest ideas are drawn from that best of all sources, the 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 127 

omnipotent Designer of light, emanating constantly, and for- 
ever so to be. The great Controller of this mighty machine 
causes the attractions of all to centre in him : man, there- 
fore, is the terminus in this continual wheel of time, and 
dwells upon science as one step towards that accumulation 
of knowledge fitting him for the supernal heavens. 



TRUTH. 



Indisputable are those rights which exist in harmony 
with that law which is to coerce all to conform to its use 
and privileges. Distinction belongs not to this classifica- 
tion : all come within the scope of its pervading essence, 
truth. 

Truth is the emblem of peace, guiding intercourse justly 
among all. Truth is the shrine of justice, to which all 
must bow for a nearer connection with God. Truth is the 
shield of liberty, the heroism of martyrdom, and is the 
regeneration of past ages. Truth is the element of progres- 
sion which sweeps in its march the tide of misguided 
intellect, surging the current of popular theology and the 
prevalent absurdities of the age. Truth is written upon the 
simple flower, and upon every blade of grass, inviting us to 
search Nature, God's unlimited source, for truth ; beckoning 
us on towards that state of purity which will unfold like a 
flower : which will not decay, but will grow brighter and 
brighter, until it illuminates and takes possession of the soul. 

The suppression of truth takes away the refined feelings 
which make life more exalted and noble, suppresses and 



128 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

crushes that which lifts the soul in admiration of divine 
authority, deprives the mind of sufficient nourishment for 
its full development, starves and dwarfs the finer faculties, 
and carries man back to the starting-point of his existence 
as a crude unfolding. 

Truth, when allowed its' full sway, acts diametrically the 
reverse, bountifully storing treasures, and illuminating the 
way to the supernal heavens. Searching for truth is 
the noblest attribute given to mankind, showing what can 
be accomplished by those powers that otherwise would 
remain dormant. 

Truth predomiuating involves many considerations. Up- 
on it rests the true standard of every sentiment expressed ; 
and, in its absence, most disastrous educational results 
follow, plunging beneath the wave of error the first princi- 
ple acting upon the enlargement of the soul. Divinely and 
inspirationally speaking, it is the mediatorial step to salva- 
tion. Fidelity, confidence, moral integrity, and a combina- 
tion of business-capacities, are the offspring of truth, and 
cannot be maintained without it. It harmonizes with no 
law deleterious to the understanding, but widens into the 
fulness of social, political, and religious usefulness. It 
harmonizes in a twofold degree with the peculiarities of 
religious zeal, balancing it between a practical demon- 
stration of faith and of falsehood. It also sits as an 
arbiter upon public or private conversation, prayer, and 
allusions to the interest felt for others : "these are all can- 
vassed by truth, balanced in the scales, and found wanting, 
or otherwise. 

The bright hopes germinating where truth blossoms are 
a prelude to spirit-communion, now shut out by the 
churches, or held as something chimerical. But bondage 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 129 

and error must yield to truth, and the time is not far distant 
when it will be realized with more force ; for truth is 
mighty : its spires reach to the eternal world. Spirits catch 
the electrifying thought, and send the glad intelligence back 
to earth, — that, of a truth, spirits communicate. Hearken, 
ye mortals, to their whisperings, and the still small voice will 
teach thee of truth beyond this life. Truth, flowing spon- 
taneously, conducts to higher standpoints, leaving its 
traces farrowed deep in the minds of those who are its 
recipients. Darkness recedes from the intellect ; light 
breaks in, and lifts the soul to where it can expand, and 
drink of joys never before tasted. 

All mankind seek truth: it is the one incentive to a 
higher life. Every individual spurns the opposite, and there 
are as many ways of obtaining it as there are individuali- 
ties to be wrought upon. The surest way to obtain it is 
through the law of progression, unfolding, as the leaves of 
a book turned over one by one reveals its contents. 



CHEERFULNESS. 

Cheerfulness is the bud of a sweet temper, ripening 
into obedience to the more divine utterances of the heart, 
lighting us through trials and afflictions ; a star, brilliant 
with success, shining above the efforts of many a despond- 
ing and crushed nature. 

Cheerfulness has been ascribed to light-heartedness by 
individuals with whom few cares, anxieties, and perplexi- 
ties incident to life, have clustered around their meditative 
9 



130 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

moments. Such have labored under the hallucination that 
life is but the entrance to scenes of bliss never to be in- 
truded upon but by the proud and arrogant ; and therefore 
they have felt not to step aside to the practice of charity 
and benevolence, or to crush for a moment their hilarity, 
often carried beyond the limits of cheerfulness. 

Let such pause upon the threshold of their career, and 
count the many virtues blossoming upon the head ripened 
to old age by the hand of affliction, who know full well 
what cords to touch to vibrate the heart-strings of love 
and charity, and who are beautiful illustrations of practi- 
cal tenderness towards all needing the hand of sympathy. 
Such hearts teem with cheefulness from an overflow of 
goodness wrought out by the hand of adversity mingled 
with temptation. They are often passed by unheeded, leav- 
ing their cheerfulness to ripen, and scatter its fragrance 
beyond the limits of decay. 

How impressive is the contrast ! — one marching to the 
sound of humanity's call, measured by the possession of 
cheerfulness ; the other slain by selfishness, and, with heart- 
felt sorrow, writhing under the stroke of horror which the 
thought of eternity presents. 



REMINISCENCES OF ANCIENT INSPIRATION. 

In the annals of past time, there arise thoughts of great 
magnitude, given by the ancients who long since departed 
this life for the home above, and the home for all. Can 
individuals who believe in past inspiration doubt the reality 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 131 

of spirits visiting and communing with the inhabitants of 
earth, when it was so thousands of years ago? They 
taught you then, and why not now? Is it because they are 
not as competent to instruct, or that God has instituted new 
laws by which they are prevented from communicating and 
working for the good of humanity? Or has mankind de- 
generated from the wisdom and purity evinced by those 
tribes who led a wandering life through imbecility and im- 
provident habits ? Is it because the scenes peculiar to the 
ancients are not transpiring to day, and the mind desires to 
be kept upon a plane suited to their capacity ? Is it because 
the new dispensation is not characterized by bringing into 
use old sacrificial forms of idolatrous worship, establishing 
an order of priesthood, or Catholicism according to the 
Mosaic account of the divine institution? Where, let me 
ask, is the fault? They come to you laden with truth, now 
as much as then ; and yet you turn your back to what was 
said by them ages ago, and there you stand poring over the 
words you did not hear spoken any more than you have 
heard their voice to-day. 

In the introduction of any new system, theory, or prac- 
tice, the mind is apt, upon its first announcement, to consider 
the propriety and safety of such a course. Were not their 
teachings founded upon inspiration, through communion of 
spirits in the garb of angels? They were inspired from a 
high source. ; and are you not accessible to that source to- 
day, the same as then ? What alterations have been made 
with the effect of excluding mankind from those privileges 
so much prized and sought for by them ? 

We have access to the minds of those individuals who 
wrote the instructions held by you so sacred. They give 
us a history of the past, with a description of the spiritual 



132 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

necessities and understanding of the people of those times. 
Many incidents recorded are but mere pastime in compari- 
son with their present advancement, and the knowledge they 
are now capable and ready to impart. In referring to 
ancient history, there was connected with those people 
peculiarities far more formidable to contend with than 
would be inferred from the little given pertaining to their 
works. Their ideas were intent upon a personal God, 
having no knowledge of the spiritual, all things proceed- 
ing from him in person. This rendered them difficult to 
govern or guide, and made instructions fruitless if given 
with any other understanding. Their peculiarities ren- 
dered them susceptible of high inspiration if it was grafted 
upon that stock ; but ignorance and obstinacy, together 
with a large share of self-reliance, made them exceedingly 
obstinate to guide, either by inspiration or the rod of cor- 
rection. But when their fears were wrought upon by " Thus 
saith the Lord," or " Thus saith the Most High," the gov- 
erning qualities of their nature yielded before such decla- 
rations, making them subservient to wholesome rules 
productive of good for the further development of civiliza- 
tion and spiritual understanding. 

Their characteristics were domineering, barbarous, and 
uncivilized, and inclined to the worship of idols, quickly 
losing the understanding of God in any form if he could 
not approach and talk with them. 

Moses was inspired, and he very well knew from what 
source it came. He was well aware that spirits of the 
departed visited and conversed with him ; but for him to 
have explained the nature of his inspiration might in some 
respects be likened to the task of raising the understanding 
of many at the present day, and even some who may chance 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 133 

to read these lines, to the truth and reality of spirit-com- 
munion called inspiration. He also knew that God made 
manifest his work through the agency of spirits ; and he was 
but an instrument in their hands, fulfilling their mission : 
and in order for him to carry forth their designs, and 
advance the people from their existing condition, he was 
necessitated to practise deception when he saw that it would 
be for their good. Their credulity knew no bounds ; and 
watchfulness over them gave him many opportunities for 
taking advantage of them, always doing it with an eye to 
their ultimate benefit. He was also strengthened by com- 
munion with spirits, who instilled into his nature aspira- 
tions and desires for the elevation of that particular people. 
Leading him by love and wisdom, which rendered it easy for 
them to explain the nature of his calling, and the best mode 
of managing their ignorance, they carried into effect what 
they saw was absolutely necessary not only to that but to 
future generations. 

His personal qualities, contrasted with their many faults, 
rendered him apparently more brilliant with inspiration, 
and gave him a reputation greater than his just due. He 
was by nature a medium, or, in other words, he possessed 
that peculiarity of organization which rendered him sus- 
ceptible to the controlling influence of mind. This spirits 
saw, and made use of him as an instrument of conveying 
light to a dark and benighted people. Many efforts came 
far short of their expectations ; and the effects that followed 
caused many regrets at the results accruing from their 
short-sightedness throughout their entire works, many of 
which have been destroyed. 

The sacrifices were intended simply to direct their minds 
in a channel towards the giving-up of their idols for a higher 



134 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

power ; but they soon construed it into a form of worship, 
which, I am sorry to say, has been kept upon record, and 
handed down from generation to generation with as much 
estimation as it could have merited had it been the most 
worthy part of their life. 

It seems absurd that people should retain forms and 
customs long since enacted by those who were so ignorant 
that they knew no better way, and which were introduced 
for no other reason than because nothing better could be 
reached by them ; and yet they are read over and over 
again, and allowed to engross the minds, and constitute the 
topics of discourse, week after week, by the most able 
divines. Is it not enough to make spirits turn away from 
earth with reproach for the weakness of human fallibility? 
This would be the feeling were it not for a desire to impart 
knowledge, and raise the present generation above the false 
ideas entertained, predicated upon their former teachings. 
If the community were like Moses, ready to receive the in- 
structions that spirits are in readiness to give, it would 
place the spirit-world in your midst. No longer would dis- 
crepancies arise in regard to sayings of the past ; for they 
would unfold their oracles, and plant your feet upon the 
tide of advancement, as they did the Israelites through 
Moses. They desire to lead you as well as them, and 
through such instrumentality administer to the elevation of 
future generations. Hearken to their voice, if not willing to 
be found among those who offer sacrifices to false ideas 
predicated upon the ignorance of the ancients. 

The successors of Moses followed in the same wake of 
inspiration, gradually unfolding, through the law of progres- 
sion, conditions better adapted to spirit-control, until proph- 
ecy assumed another phase of manifestation. Such were 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 135 

chosen as could be readily impressed ; and hence those par- 
ticular patriarchs were brought into notice. As we farther 
advance, these inspirational manifestations of spirit-power 
become more apparent, presenting it in a most impressive 
manner through Christ. After him followed the same mani- 
festations, assuming the name of Holy Ghost, which fell 
upon the people, causing them to speak in unknown tongues, 
and taking no thought as to what they should say in address- 
ing the people ; but such sentiments as were given them for 
utterance, those they preached. After the crucifixion of 
Christ, spirit-inspiration became more general, and was dif- 
fused broadcast wherever there were organisms susceptible to 
its influence, until many, very many, commenced practising 
the same miraculous power that Christ had practised before 
them. 

Again we ask, What changes have taken place to the 
effect of excluding mankind from those advantages, or to 
destroy the law by which they are enjoyed? We question 
not the propriety of those seemingly divine interpositions 
from God as recorded ; because the law by which they were 
produced God instituted from the beginning, was made use 
of by them, and is subject to the same use to-day ; and, 
until such time as it shall be proved that this law is extinct, 
we hold man subject to the fact. All that ever has trans- 
pired can, through the same law, be re-enacted. 

Laws are potent ; and when we take into consideration 
that all are governed by immutable, unchangeable law, how 
can we depart from the idea that all that ever was is in 
existence to-day ? It is the mind that becomes clouded, and 
that recedes from this principle, instead of changes taking 
place in the great law of the universe. So is it in regard to 
spirit-power being exercised to-day that we read of as trans- 



136 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

piring under the direct supervision of Divine Providence. 
If there ever was a law by which a spirit revealed to John 
the revelator hidden mysteries, that law is in existence 
to-day, and others can do the same. If there is a law by 
which even one spirit ever made himself known, others can 
do likewise. How shrouded in darkness as to the law 
governing inspiration is the general mind ! Oh that the 
access opened between this and the spirit-world might take 
the place of Moses, leading the masses through the wilder- 
ness, and feeding them upon the manna of spirit-intelligence ; 
opening their eyes to the fact that patriarchal spirits are 
calling for admittance to their understanding, that a more 
thorough knowledge of their writings, and their readiness to 
teach more extended views of inspiration, may prevail ! 



THE DIVINITY OP CHRIST. 

Various are the opinions agitating public sentiment re- 
garding Christ, and his being the only Mediator by which 
mankind are to pass from a state of depravity to one of 
sanctification. In the historical account, much is said every 
way adapted to justify the opinion that he was regarded as 
possessing more than ordinary power, invested in him as the 
means by which he was to make known to the people the 
great fundamental truths of Christianity. When we con- 
sider the mission of Christ, and the time in which he 
appeared, we are led to suppose that a great reformatory 
discipline would follow his teachings, inculcating principles 
too lofty for the people to repudiate. Thus has his character 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 137 

been spoken of in a way to elicit doubt, and justify appre- 
hension and uncertainty concerning his being authenticated 
as one to worship. 

The contaminating influence of serfdom to a power in- 
vested in man has led the people rightfully to suspect that 
more credit might have been given to Him than otherwise 
would have been, had he not appeared at a crisis in the 
Jewish history when Christianity seemed to assume the 
form of dead ritual, ecclesiastical ceremonies. Without 
doubt, the Jews held Christ in contempt from the fact of his 
assuming to be equal with God, when they knew his parent- 
age, and defined his position as a man having the same 
characteristics with themselves ; and they looked upon it as 
blasphemy to suppose that the power of forgiving sins rested 
with him more than with themselves. 

The Jews, inclined to reason after the manner of men, 
did not entertain the idea of its being necessary that God 
should be personated, in order that the prophecy which they 
had been so desirous should come in their particular line of 
ancestry might be fulfilled. 

In order to convey an adequate and just account of Christ, 
the versions given by the evangelical writers should receive 
proper notice. There is but little room for doubt or mere 
supposition that he was endowed with a dual nature, from 
which great dissemination of opinions proceeded. But when 
we take into consideration the time of his appearing upon 
the stage of action, together with the sacred customs of the 
Jews, reaching far back in their origin to the time of Moses, 
and there becoming the established religion by the covenant 
which was made known to them, as they supposed, by the 
mouth of God, commanding strict obedience, and that they 
should worship no other god, we can understand from whence 



138 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

arose their tenacity and unfeigned adherence to religion as 
brought to their understanding through forms and ceremonies. 
All this goes to show why he was to be crucified and held 
in disrepute by them. 

But was this form of religion always to last, and ripen 
into more deadly forms of sanctimonious observance, or was 
there a necessity for supplanting what had been the structure 
of as much light as there was a competency to maintain ? 
Was it not necessary to set before them another prototype of 
God, in the form of practical works, bringing him home to 
the understanding as a Being to be imbibed through disci- 
pline of the heart, and thus to graft a new form of media- 
torial relationship to a higher power, which is ever in the 
nature of man, presenting such an idea of God as his disci- 
pline tends to confirm? 

In viewing Christ according to the Jewish idea of a Mes- 
siah, we are lost to know whether he fulfilled the Mosaic 
account of a Redeemer, or whether he may be looked upon 
only as a great reformer. The necessary consummation for 
an embodiment of God was no more looked upou as a 
special favor than had been the oracles which were held by 
the Jews as sacred to the special favor of God. Hence 
arises the question, Was he the embodiment of a higher 
light in the garb of man, or was he God made manifest in 
flesh, as it has been assumed that he was by those who 
lived after him? 

It is in no wise an impossibility to suppose that he might 
have been both ; for, separating the principles which he 
taught from his material nature, they were the embodiment 
of God. He came to save by instilling a knowledge of 
those principles, which, without a knowledge of redemption, 
was impossible. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 139 

Had the teachings of Christ been more strictly confined 
to language adapted to the understanding of- the Jews, 
speaking of practical works in plain, simple terms, without 
clothing them in parables, or conveying the idea that he was 
God, it would have produced a twofold degree of conviction ; 
but, as it was, it was so mystified, and often so far beyond 
their conception of any thing pertaining to reason, that they 
were led to misunderstand and repudiate the whole. Spir- 
itually he was a great leader : simplicity was more charac- 
teristic of his life than of his teachings. It was more the 
position he assumed which gave offence than the examples 
he gave them to follow. How natural this, when we take 
into consideration the tendency to believe in but one God ! 

When the wise men of the East were directed to the place 
where Christ was born, they found him a being like to other 
children ; but they had an inward apprehension that he 
would be something more to them than simply one of their 
number ; but no conviction that he was God led them be- 
yond the supposition that he was to be reared like other 
children : accordingly, he was lost sight of, until a premature 
expanding of intellect attracted their attention, and carried 
them back to the time of his birth. Had these powers of 
mind not been made manifest in after-years, his miraculous 
birth, and the special guidance of the star, w r ould have passed 
into oblivion. 

As we ascend higher in the scale of human progress, we 
are led to look for an explanation of these things. 

When one steps from the supernatural to the natural, 
from things divine to those which are human, they find a 
law intercepting the woven thread of mystery, by which all 
are governed. They find an absolute, positive law, coercing 
all into its folds, environed by the magic of supreme power ; 



140 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

and they find that all must of necessity conform to this law, 
live and be governed by it. The power of divinity creates 
all things in accordance with this law : they are kept in 
existence by virtue of its never-deviating course ; possessing 
the inherent properties of the life-principle contained in all 
things, never creating one substance from the amalgamation 
of others, but each holding its identity — mineral, vegetable, 
animal — up to man, and each running a course peculiar to 
itself. With this uniformity of Nature's laws man must 
conform. He is the offspring of Nature's mode of reprodu- 
cing the human species ; and, when brought to a climax in the 
perfection of his existence, the breath of life is breathed into 
his nostrils, imparting to him the spiritual embryo, or a 
spark of the Deity, which claims for itself immortality. 

In the sweeping statement concerning the miraculous 
conception of Christ, this law seems to be lost sight of ; and 
an inference would be drawn that he was the offspring of 
chance, or that this law was set aside for his particular 
benefit. What evidence is there to this effect, aside from a 
simple assertion penned down years after his birth ?. The 
manifestations of God are fixed in the minds of the people 
as unchangeable ; 'and all that we know of him is verified to 
that' effect. Positive and undeniable is this fact; never, 
changing or stepping aside for the caprice of man, but 
keeping this law immutable, with eternity and immortality 
written thereon. Then, is it reasonable to suppose that this 
law was ever infringed upon ? or shall we accept the state- 
ment for the purpose of perpetuating ideas or notions which 
existed when there was a jurisdiction that enslaved the mind 
of man ? 

The more we recognize the power of reason, the more do 
we find every way calculated to insure the propriety and 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 141 

certainty of Christ being a man in no way different from 
mankind in general, except through development of intel- 
lect acted upon from an inspirational source, which gave 
him the qualifications of a leader and promulgator of those 
essential truths which had long waited for progression to 
prepare the way for their reception. 

In presenting Christ in the garb of man, it is by no means 
necessary that divinity should be separated from his teach- 
ings. All truth is from God. The element of human di- 
vinity stands forth as co-existent with immortality in all 
mankind ; and, in conferring it upon Christ, the law of divin- 
ity was not distinguishable as being possessed other than 
within himself. But, when acted upon by a power beyond 
his control, he seemed radiant with inspiration. He was 
followed by manifestations considered as infringements upon 
law ; for no miracle was ever wrought within the pale of 
law. Hence all becomes a confused mass of mystification, 
capable of being unravelled only by setting aside the gross 
misinterpretations which, have been given to his life, cruci- 
fixion, and works. 

The mind tires in wandering amid the mazes of mystery, 
doubt, and misapprehension, and longs for a foundation 
upon which to rest, more within the immediate range of 
practical demonstration as daily experienced, and taught by 
observation. 

This range of thought leads to investigation of all sub- 
jects connected with practical life ; and the advancement of 
science brings out the same phase. Scientific men place no 
stress upon divine interposition ; but, in seeking to know 
causes, science steps in, and reveals the obscurities of the 
past, showing that the primitive mythological descriptions 
of characters who in ancient days were deemed supernatu- 



142 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

ral, or possessing something more than human, or who 
were brought into existence by a special interposition of 
God, were but the rudiments of a science which has since 
been better understood as revealed by the natural tread and 
march of scientific research, bringing to light the great 
principles underlying the power of mind. 

The science of mind has in part been overlooked, not 
receiving that attention due to its importance until recently : 
but now it takes its stand as a master discovery, widening 
the area of intellect ; into which subject scientific minds 
plunge, bidding defiance to the notion that the Almighty 
ever steps aside from or interposes with the laws he has 
himself established as the procreative principle lying at the, 
foundation of all created things. 

Science reveals the image or reflection of one mind as 
stamped upon another ; science turns to the vortex of intel- 
ligence, apropos to the investigation of will-power, seeking 
for the source of influx from other minds, brought to bear in 
a way to elucidate or call forth thoughts remote from their 
plane of development, and which lead the mind into a 
channel of intellectual pursuits and moral persuasions, for 
which, without this outside influence, they would have had 
no capacity to act in so elevated and mysterious a manner. 
This power is confined to the mind alone, and may well be 
termed the science of mind, or an unfolding of that deep, 
secret, hidden spring of the intellect, which only needs to be 
touched in order to spring into life, and reveal mysteries 
long kept hidden. Minds sufficiently liberalized, and pos- 
sessing the progressive element in its bloom and beauty, can- 
not be kept suppressed. 

Such is the law of mind acting upon mind in the mun- 
dane sphere, to which all may have access by turning aside 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 143 

into the unsophisticated avenues of self-instruction. It is 
through the benign influence of progress that this has been 
brought to light. Centuries ago, it existed ; and it was ever 
in existence since the birth of man, for his use. In ages 
past, when intelligence was given by their prophets, of 
which they had no other knowledge, the people attributed it 
to the Lord, or a special manifestation of God in their 
favor ; hence a mystery hung between them and the princi- 
ples lying at the foundation of spirit-communion. This law 
is ever transcendent through eternity, and holds with univer- 
sal sway the same power it engendered while the mind 
was incased in the fleshly form. There it received the first 
impressions regarding its use, and adaptation to the convey- 
ance of intelligence ; bringing this control to bear in such a 
way that one imparts while the other receives such thoughts 
as may be transmitted. 

The whole realm of immensity teems with millions of 
spirits who are as conversant with this law as you are with 
your alphabet ; and when the faculties are aroused to a sense 
of duty, and spirits see steps involving great good, through 
the employment of this law, they step forward, and make use 
of a mind in the body as freely as if it were their own. 
Conscious that whatever tends to bind the moral, social, and 
religious nature to a higher power deadens sin and vice, 
and opens the door to progress, advancing both individual 
and national purity, they drop into the understanding the 
fruits of a higher and more lasting foundation, from whence 
proceeds the salvation of the whole human family. 

It was thus that Christ showed those remarkable powers 
of mind on which have been based the ideas of Godhead 
in him. 

He shadowed forth what was given him from the source 



144 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

of intelligence, desirous of raising the Jews from their old 
standpoint of theology, and of bringing the world into sub- 
jection to a morality and religion of the heart, in lieu of 
forms and ceremonies. 

What the Jews most needed was a deviation from their 
long-established customs : they had already passed from sac- 
rifices to prayer, and were halting upon the threshold of time, 
for more light to be given them. Years had rolled over the 
graves of many a patriarch, and of the chosen people of 
Israel ; but they slept only to awake to a more lively sense 
and a holier zeal, and a determination, as wisdom shone forth 
in their path, to extend it to their brethren. With these in- 
tentions in view, they made use of the laws governing spirit- 
communion, employing a mind subject to their control. 
They enveloped his organism with the aroma of spirit-in- 
fluence, and swept across his intellect the purity of their 
thoughts, and aroused him to a sense of the fact that the 
whole human family might share it also ; and he bent his 
energies to the welfare of all. 

His path lay in the direction that they influenced him 
to go ; and he feared no evil, because they were constantly 
w r ith him, keeping his feet from dashing against the rocks. 

The life of Christ is familiar to every one. Repeatedly 
he declared that the power rested not with himself; and, 
when it became necessary for him to exercise this power, 
he quietly resigned himself to the will of the intelligences 
desiring those manifestations : and even they were not able 
at all times to control sufficiently to give satisfaction, and 
produce the phase of miracles attributed to him ; and he 
departed from their midst. 

They sought to instruct him that this power was not con- 
fined to himself alone ; and hence he says, " All these things 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 145 

that I do shall ye do also, and even greater things shall ye 
do." Neither has it been confined to him ; for the exercise 
of this power stands recorded both before and after the 
existence of Christ. You are the recipients of it to-day, and 
it only awaits the time when your minds shall be better pre- 
pared to look upon all things with an eye that perceives no 
change in the great law of the universe ; then will this 
law step in, and reveal to you the past as having enslaved 
the mind to error, and bring the science of mind to bear 
upon all supernatural subjects. 

It treads the mighty universe of thought : its domain is 
eternity, where mind is resurrected in the brilliancy of all 
its former capabilities. It extinguishes the flame of error 
as it passes up the lofty heights of progression, and descends 
back to earth, to clear the film of bigotry and ignorance 
from the eye of human intelligence ; waxing strong in the 
principles to which all are indebted for those world-wide in- 
structions which waft the spirit on to eternity. 

The mind of man can wander forth into the realm of 
eternity, and there gather the rarest and choicest fruits 
which hang upon the clustering trees of spirit-intelligence. 

What a source of intelligence this forms, whose benign 
influence is felt through the teachings given to Christ, and 
which, extending through the inspirational part of the Bible, 
make a history replete with works human and divine ! In 
this sense was Christ both human and divine, because his 
teachings, being truth, were from God ; and his organ- 
ism was the instrument through which they were given. 
He was moulded and framed according to their ideas of 
human greatness, and they reared a structure serving the 
past ; but higher light is coming, its dawn is already seen 
in the distance, and progression is preparing the way ; it is 
10 



146 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS, 

already knocking for admittance. Scientific men are pre- 
senting the subject for the thinking, reasoning part of the 
community to weigh carefully, affirming a law which never 
has been fathomed or received proper notice until recently. 
When the mind is prompted to enter upon the investigation 
of new truths, as the, natural unfolding of the progressive 
element in all things, it is better prepared to receive and 
apply them to its right use. So would it have been with 
the Jews, had they not been so tenacious of that which they 
already possessed ; then they would have better understood 
Christ's mission, and received him as the perquisite to the 
cause of Christianity. 

When this era shall have passed away, and all things 
have become substantiated as real, then will man look back 
upon the present as having been simply an age of progress, 
upon which hung the conditions of a prosperous future. 



INFLUENCE. 



There is a current underlying man's individuality and 
existence which he must make use of to some purpose. It 
is the influence arising from the secret-abiding feelings of the 
heart, and is imparted, whether particularly called out in 
associations or not. Every individual possesses and imparts 
it, though silence be maintained, through haughtiness or 
simplicity. This influence, whether perverted or not, flows 
the same ; for it is a part of man from the first, concentrated 
in the form of individuality, which goes to make him capable 
of imparting good or evil. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 147 

The inclination for good rules this secret spring of the 
heart, raising high in the breast a desire for elevation ; and 
this feeling is also extended for others to share. Thus this 
current of influence glides from one to another, unconsciously 
betraying our likes or dislikes. It is thus that our propensi- 
ties are brought to others' view, giving us the reputation of 
being good or bad. It is this which operates in communities 
and upon governments, re-acting upon the people who elect 
rulers incompetent to fulfil their expectations. It is incom- 
petency of intellect that exercises this influence without 
reason, and leaves you to the mercy of the feelings as 
prompted by the impulse of the moment. It is capable of 
being moulded by the intelligence of the individual, and is 
given to every one according to their ability to use, and im- 
part it to others. 

In the mixed throng composing communities, how various 
this influence ; each sending forth what is peculiar to his own 
characteristics ! — some intellectually developed, and impart- 
ing such influence, whilst others manifest qualities bordering 
upon selfishness, contempt, disgust, irritability, peevishness, 
scorn, ridicule, a species of fault-finding, and low, grovelling 
desires, tincturing all who are susceptible to their influence ; 
anger, hatred, and revenge, causing all to feel the sting of 
reproach who venture within their sanctity of thought. 

In the more powerful ties which unite societies, there is 
the deep, smooth, gliding current of aspirations, raising the 
mind above the light, trifling perplexities of common occur- 
rence ; forming an influence peculiar to itself, which, as a 
general thing, is but lightly appreciated, for the reason that 
few are prepared to understand their own sentiments, or to 
realize the amount of knowledge that is daily received into 
their minds. This gives satisfaction to a high moral class, 



148 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

blending their life with the spirit of the Most High into one 
prism of light, discernible by all classes, but who realize 
not their superior condition, because they weigh all things 
by their own standard of intellect. 

Passing from this state of advancement, we see minds still 
farther in advance, who rush over the past, and grasp that 
which is far in the future, from the world to which all 
are tending. Such remain upon the verge of advancement, 
and this will always continue ; the influence varying accord- 
ing to the development of the intellect governing for the time 
being. Intellectual pursuits mark the course of such with 
varied characteristics peculiar to themselves. Their educa- 
tion in regard to the future teaches them to rely upon their 
own exertions for salvation, knowing full well, that, if their 
influence is not what it ought to be, it will reflect upon 
themselves spiritually, leaving a moral stain upon their im- 
mortal part which can never be obliterated. 

These facts crowd hard upon the intellect of all classes, 
and bring such an influence to bear in that direction, that, if 
it is not good, they must surely suffer. 

Then let this power be cultivated, as it was designed it 
should be when it was implanted as a part of our existence, 
as the seed to bring forth good fruits if rightly cultivated. It 
is by cultivating the intellect, commencing with individuals, 
and extending to communities, that one vast field of produc- 
tive knowledge is developed, whose fruit may be plucked by 
the hand of any who have the desire to reach forth and par- 
take. 

In the embryo of this influence lie the spiritual tendencies 
of all mankind. Its ultimate destiny is to rise victorious 
over all other influences, and establish all upon the spiritual 
basis of love, truth, and morality, through communion with 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 149 

the spirit of Him who rules ; subduing inclinations of an 
inferior cast, and shedding forth an influence pure, heavenly, 
and godlike ; forming a current of intelligence that shall 
pervade the hearts of all people. It may be compared to 
an underground stream flowing rapidly, carrying the refuse 
of the streets into one great aqueduct, to be carried thence 
to other streams for disposal. And so goes life, secretly 
winding its way, and imparting an influence that is received 
by some, and then passed to others competent to decide upon 
its merit as worthy to be retained or cast aside. As nothing 
is lost in Nature, so the same principle applies to man ; thus 
is this influence passed from one to another, and kept going 
the rounds of society and associations in general. How 
necessary that it be cultivated in ways of pleasantness, and 
be intellectually and practically applied ! 

The young merit a share in its purifying and renovating 
effects, following them all through life, and showing its 
benefits as they pass along, inspiring them with a needed 
supply of confidence received from the influence of the 
community in general. All are partakers of this token 
of divine will : it is imparted from one to another upon 
wings of love or hatred imbibed "in the heart. Strictly 
speaking, it is the soul, spirit, or mind of man, enlarged 
from bitterness of feeling to a love for all mankind. The 
dictates of conscience act upon this influence in the garb of 
reason, setting aside that which is spurious, rejecting the 
lower for higher truths, and marching triumphant over the 
rough places inured to poverty and crime. Communities, 
governments, and nations form compact bodies of this in- 
fluence, and they, transplanted to the spirit-world, form the 
inhabitants thereof. Retaining it by the law of nature, and 
coalescing with the law of their spiritual being, a new exist- 



150 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

ence of man is created there more harmonious, and blending 
with relations tending higher and higher in the attainment 
of heavenly wisdom. Thus are brought to bear upon your 
communities influences according with the inclinations of 
the disembodied spirit. 

How little is this understood in comparison with other in- 
telligence forming the basis of society ! 

Spirits can impart this with more freedom, as coming in 
connection with the mind gives them the opportunity of con- 
veying such influences as they are desirous of producing ; the 
phases varying according to the susceptibility of the organi- 
zation receiving it. After death, there is a receptiveness 
connected with the spirit which it cannot control. Good 
always predominates when coming in collision with wrong ; 
and this is the power of truth which gives the spirit of the 
Most High pre-eminence over all. This is true of man ; and, 
in just that degree that the good possessed within himself is 
brought to bear upon others, the influence of evil is sure to 
yield. This power was exercised through Christ, and is 
in existence to-day. It is the power of influence, pure and 
undefiled, subduing evil in the path of all who possess it. 
It is this that causes the impenitent to yield to higher dicta- 
tion. It is the concentration of influences engendered for 
good while in earth-life, wielded with a twofold degree of 
power emanating from the fount of the virtues combined, 
that go to make spirit-life ; and the best mode for their use 
is the study of every progressive spirit. All indications of 
good motives produce a current of influence bearing marks 
of immutability, which are transplanted from this to the 
spirit- world. 

Oh that all might be satisfied of the existence of spirit- 
life, its tangibleness, and the relations we sustain to each 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 151 

other ! It becomes an absolute necessity with the spirit to 
have a cultivated intellect exerting an influence accordingly, 
bearing marks of having commenced in earth-life ; if not, it 
is just so far short of what it otherwise would have been. 
How long will man neglect to understand that the mind feeds 
upon what is carried with it to the spirit-world ! How 
necessary, then, that all those finer feelings composing th< D 
better part of his nature be called out in earth-life ! Your 
better part as individuals is forever to remain with you. If 
it be pure and elevating, acting from, or being prompted by, 
motives pertaining to the good not only of yourself, but of 
others, then, oh, then, how your condition in spirit will show 
this to have been your life while in the form ! Here in the 
flesh, it is in part concealed or disguised ; but when the 
material form is cast aside, and the spirit goes free, then 
will it seek that grade of associations which it was wont to 
cherish while an inhabitant of earth. 

On the other hand, should avarice, selfishness, and a total 
lack of moral principle, govern your associations, of a neces- 
sity you will gravitate to a corresponding plane, and of like 
character will be your influence. Fellow-citizens, what are 
you living and toiling in this life for ? Is it for the mere 
accumulation of gold? or for the cultivation of those influ- 
ences which not only fit and prepare for pure and elevating 
intercourse, but which constitute that part of man that is 
enduring as God is enduring? It is that spark of God, 
which, when used in connection with reason, forever remains 
pure as the source from whence it came. 

Oh that it were in my power to rend the material cover- 
ing from your eyes, and let you behold the truths of spirit- 
life ! Would that this lay in my power ! if so, it seems to 
me that those whom I perceive might be of a class superior 



152 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

to what they now are, and might be made to let go their 
grasp and love for the things of earth, and be led to where 
their minds would expand, and shed forth an influence illumi- 
nating not only their path to knowledge and happiness, but 
also be instrumental in guiding others. Such are slumber- 
ing under the false pretence of not knowing their duty. 
Awake ye, before the spirit-world shall claim you as those 
who have not sought for and lived up to their higher light. 
Man's immortal part is the essence of all creative energies ; 
hence there is a demand for rising above conditions which 
debar this influence, and place him in a condition where he 
ought not to be. 

These faculties of which we speak are not hidden for in- 
dividuals to search out ; but they are the prominent elements 
of their being if but allowed to expand. Or, let me say, 
should you as an individual bestow that thought upon your 
spiritual culture that you do upon the daily cares of life, 
how great would be the influx to your mind from a higher 
source ! Spirits are ever seeking to impress these truths 
upon their earthly friends ; but when they visit them for this 
purpose, and find their minds walled in by cares and increas- 
ing desire for the wealth of this world, they turn away with 
sorrow. Deep and abiding are their feelings for humanity, 
trying to exert an influence for their good, cherishing nought 
but what tends to their elevation. 

Why not, let me ask, turn the mind more in that direc- 
tion ? We are already where you must shortly be ; then let 
us administer unto you, and we will merit your approbation. 
Oh, ye men of earth ! beware how ye treat lightly these 
teachings ; for they will face you with the truthfulness of every 
assertion in spirit-life! Charity swells my heart to over- 
flowing for you, having been one of your number ; and, 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 153 

being myself inclined to disregard such admonitions, it gives 
me more confidence to urge the propriety of giving an atten- 
tive ear. I have stood upon the shores of both worlds, 
having experienced a long life in one, and of short duration 
in the other, but of sufficient length to enable me to affirm 
that these teachings are in accordance with future existence ; 
and, as that was to me a subject clothed in mystery, I long 
to present it to mankind as I find it to exist with me to-day. 

The voice of many a spirit more worthy to be heard 
than mine has sounded in your ear. Spirits whose purity 
was never equalled upon earth are drawn to you through 
sympathy, and a desire to give you a glimpse of that world 
beyond the tomb to which we are all hastening. Clothed in 
garments of richest texture, fashioned by a life of goodness, 
and whose desires for your benefit grow stronger and 
stronger, they come to you. Should their labors be lost 
by your disregarding their voice, their work will be done, 
their life purified, and happiness eternal will be theirs. 

The time will come when their voice will be heard no 
more calling you to the realities of spirit-life ; for by their 
strong progressive desires they are made so pure, that they 
leave the inhabitants of earth to blossom like the lily of the 
field in a more genial clime. But know ye that* they are in 
your midst to-day, with a purity of feeling that has ripened 
into love ; and feel you not their influence ? The very air is 
impregnated with their elevating desires, breathing aspira- 
tions holy and divine, mingled with memories of touching 
events which transpired long before this era knew an exist- 
ence. Watchfulness and heroism of design to conquer the 
bigotry and superstition of the human race has been their 
work, gradually seeing it give way as generation succeeded 
generation, and a more rational and consistent opening of 



154 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

the mind has led to a knowledge of the principle of pro- 
gression. 

As generation succeeds generation, this brightening of the 
intellect is on the increase. Many an effort has been crowned 
with success by a strong determination to that effect, secretly 
applying influence to the understanding of many minds 
clothed in flesh, who were susceptible to their impressions, 
in urging the propriety of searching long and deep for truth, 
never taking one standard as an infallible guide, but breath- 
ing the idea of progression from the first formations up to 
the present time. This they have seen gradually upon the 
increase, filling their hearts with gladness, and crowning 
their efforts with joy. Another era has dawned, more light 
has been given, until it has become established among the 
people, anxiously expected and talked of by the highway, 
discussed in your thoroughfares, meditated upon in the 
domestic circle, stirring and filling all hearts with joy and 
expectation of something higher and better to be given. 

Oh the power of unseen intelligences ! Well may they 
be called the light of humanity ! Broad and expansive is 
their influence ; the universe of heart is traversed by them, 
impressing from the depths of its fulness, as a fountain of 
knowledge, heavenly aspiration, purity of thought, noble 
motives in life, love to each other ; combining the elements 
of peace, and shedding it broadcast over the tjommunity ; 
producing unity of feeling by applying their influence prac- 
tically to that effect. 

They look forward to the time when such inroads shall 
have been made upon the free, liberal, investigating cast of 
mind, that it will be prepared for the new era now just begin- 
ning to dawn with brilliancy, when all minds will be brought 
to behold the truth that spirits guide and instruct mortals in 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 155 

the way of salvation. This era is upon the verge of an 
overthrow of sectarianism, and brotherhood will be planted 
in its stead ; for such is spirit-life, and the work must com- 
mence during your earthly existence. Spirits, realizing this 
more than you do, and knowing what deficiency of knowl- 
edge, if neglected, will be experienced, call out their united 
energies to elevate and give facts ; thus preparing your minds 
to find spirit-life as it is when you become spirits, and are 
of our number. 

If all labor on the part of spirits for the good of mankind 
should cease, progress would be slow ; centuries would pass 
with but one ray of light, where now you have them by 
scores, pouring as a constant flood, and shaping the course 
of mankind to meet contingencies which are involved in the 
progressive destiny of all things. 

The many noble ideas and sentiments obtained through 
the channel of thought, and penned down for the rising 
generation to follow, are, in words uttered by their writers ; 
but the thoughts come from a foreign source, carrying out 
the original design of disembodied minds, who promulgate 
their ideas through the pens of others. How often is it said 
that such a one rose rapidly to the rank of statesmanship, 
or to the ministry, or whatever the calling may be ! But the 
time is near at hand when these premature growths will be 
traced to their source in spirit-influence ; the mind, after 
death, effecting its purposes as truly as if only allowed to 
execute them while in the form ; simply making use of the 
mind of another to carry out its original intentions. 

When the inhabitants of earth will fully realize this is 
more than I can say ; but this much I speak from knowl- 
edge, — there is a very wide opening to that effect in their 
midst to-day. The rising generation will look upon these 



156 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

things more in their true light, and guard against the de- 
generating influence of failure to give due attention to the 
advancement or progress belonging to this age. 



ETERNITY. 

. Eternity with some means a resting-place, where man is 
in a condition neither to sin nor to obey. It is what might 
be termed a blank, or stoppage of all earthly powers in 
man's nature ; and he arrives at a perfect standstill or 
stationary condition. 

The word " eternity " signifies to some a lively activity of 
all that pertains to the immortal part of man, including all 
qualities acting upon the soul. By some it is considered 
progressive with a part of mankind ; while the residue re- 
main in hell, descending down, down, to the infernal 
regions of dark despair. All recognize eternity as a future 
place of existence for all humanity ; but the variety of 
opinion arises in regard to the disposition made of the 
different classes when there. Great variety of opinion 
is entertained upon this subject ; but nothing definite is 
arrived at which produces a desired conviction that any are 
right. 

u Eternity" is a word which might be spoken with a heart 
full of joy if the conclusions of every one rested upon the 
aggregate of eternities existing here ; and, as there is no 
dividing line here, why assume it there? Why not antici- 
pate the mercy of God in the future, as much as to-day. 
Why attribute to him what we know is not characteristic of 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 157 

his goodness in this life? Is he not just and true to his 
calling? then why suspicious of his fidelity in eternity? 

Progression leads the mind to draw conclusions concern- 
ing eternity ; and, as the mind progresses here, why not 
reason that the same will be true hereafter? And as all are 
capable of advancment, where is the contrast so great in 
human nature as to preclude one from enjoyment, and en- 
dow the other with eternal happiness? Where, I ask, is the 
dividing line in their natures ? Is not one possessed with 
understanding as much as the other ? and is he bereft of that 
understanding as soon as the mortal puts on immor- 
tality? This reasons him into eternity possessed of no 
other faculties than those which are alive to evil. If this 
were so, the mind would in part be formed to no purpose. 
This opinion comes from early education ; for there is noth- 
ing manifested throughout the universe of God that should 
lead to the supposition that such a condition could exist. 
The subordination of mankind closes their perceptions for 
the present; and they are led into some wild delusion, which 
they can bring nothing forward to substantiate, or even that 
is analogous to it. 

If a few short days of earth-life prepare one for enjoy- 
ment or endless torment, how necessary that he should 
know in what that torment consists ! If it is said in burning 
flames, we ask, Can a substance be consumed without being 
annihilated, that is as to its former identity ? This excludes 
man from all likeness to his former self. Then how will he 
sense that for which he is there placed ? 

Eternity is what many have supposed might be the last 
of life, or what may be considered no life at all. Many 
suppose that their labors will cease with the closing of this 
life. They have no inclination to improve the intellect, 



158 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

that seeming unimportant to their present needs ; and 
eternity weighs so little upon their understanding, that no 
rational idea is formed, and they only look upon it as a 
place to be dreaded. 

Eternity is more than the mind can presage or under- 
stand : it is the attribute of God, and mankind are but 
waifs upon its shores of attainable knowledge. More 
laborious tasks are required of the mind than are imposed 
upon the body, if we may use that comparison. It is a vast 
field of knowledge obtained by the exertions of every in- 
habitant therein. 

There, all will, sooner or later, develop those God-given 
powers which earth-surroundings have kept concealed, or 
under subjection to the baser part. 

These faculties will expand and germinate into one com- 
mon form of brotherhood, emerging from dark and de- 
graded conditions to those of spiritual intelligence, purity, 
and love. This progression carries us nearer and nearer 
to the throne of grace, and is accomplished through our 
own efforts. Let this be clearly understood. All are par- 
takers of progression. The debased, scorned, and ridiculed 
share the advantages of improvement, and work out their 
salvation with as much zeal as is ever manifested by the 
reformed of earth. God holds out the same privileges in 
eternity. Earth is but one step in the routine of his work, 
and is no more to be compared to eternity than one grain 
of sand with the bed of the ocean, or one star with the 
firmament. 

I am aware that all are not witnesses to our assertion ; 
neither were they to the Bible statements. Will not this 
place us upon equal terms of consideration ? Many are the 
sentiments that might be viewed in the same light. We 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 159 

wish this fact to be established in the minds of our readers, 
or such as are prepared for our teachings. 

Eternity presents a varied class, mingling in associations 
promiscuously ; and, when heaven or hell are talked of, they 
are no more to be found than upon earth. Therefore, if you 
can arrive at conclusions as to how so much discord can 
exist upon earth without a dividing line, you may have a 
representation of eternity. There are none worse than 
upon earth, for all came from there ; and the same diversity 
is distinguishable. The same phases of human activity are 
extant, throwing the energies of one in this and another in 
that direction, as determined by the degree of cultivation 
of the individual mind. Some whose inclinations are 
drawn to earth are engaged in presenting the physical 
manifestations to prove their identity as spirits ; others 
more advanced, and desirous of unfolding eternity to man- 
kind, are speaking through the organisms of others ; and 
many are producing impressions, not with the desire that 
they should be written down by the receivers, but to pro- 
duce effects, and to be carried out practically, which will be 
satisfactory to them. Aside from these, we find eternity 
abounding with spirits whose aspirations are carried beyond 
the limits of earth, and who bear onward through the 
celestial spheres that wisdom, purity, and angelic ministry, 
which Christendom has looked upon us as the work of the 
angels of God, fulfilling a mission direct from his throne. 

Spirit-communications, as we have heretofore said, are 
made through a law ; and some present one phase, and some 
another. Such as were disposed to the light and trifling 
occurrences of life, and fond of amusement, elicit attention 
through the raps and moving of ponderable bodies. Mirth 
was their characteristic upon earth, and their not exhibit- 



160 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

ing what is termed inspiration shows that they have not 
progressed beyond those conditions. They are true to 
their calling, and the manifestations true to the conditions 
that produce them. 

The idea that eternity changes an individual's propensities 
in the twinkling of an eye, or makes them instantly better 
than when they were in the body, is absurd. Progression 
must work the change ; and, until it does, they will remain 
the same. If they dealt in unmeaning tones of jest or 
falsehood, or were addicted to scurrilous language, they 
would hardly be recognized if such was not characterized 
of their communications, and vice versa. Such is this 
eternity through which w T e are passing ; and upon whom 
rests the responsibility of returning to earth, and giving 
what we are daily experiencing ? 

Eternity — what a revolution of thought this word pro- 
duces, changing and varying sentiments to meet expecta- 
tions as we pass on towards the reality ! Harbinger of 
peace, rest thou upon this word until prepared are thy 
chosen ones to reap more fulness of meaning from the ideas 
that crowd upon the intellect with a better understanding of 
thy happy or miserable condition to be meted out upon their 
entrance to thy shores. May such realize better expecta- 
tions, through a life of usefulness, and a growing desire for 
"knowledge ! 



A LIMITED VIEW OF WORLDS. 

An appreciation of the grandeur and beauty around us 
affects our minds with supreme adoration of the Maker for 
all things coming within microscopic or telescopic view; 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 161 

presenting space as interspersed with an infinite number of 
the grandest worlds, revolving in harmony, keeping perfect 
order, and moving with rapidity beyond any conception that 
man can form of motion in so vast a body of matter. When 
the observer takes his stand, and points his telescope towards 
the object of his research, guiding it in this and then in that 
direction until he discerns the main object to be attained, 
he has in reality hardly made one discovery in this vast 
machine of worlds, revolving each upon its axis, and making 
diurnal revolutions, without diminishing the vast resource 
of God's works. 

Unlimited is the space so inhabited, presenting a vast 
arena of worlds mingling in one harmonious family ; all 
governed by one law, which is God. Worlds upon worlds 
present for our instruction their magnitude and power sus- 
pended upon divine action ; making each a part of one stu- 
pendous whole. The routine of worlds is similar to that of 
the races, following in succession, and marked with similar 
distinctions. Worlds, like individuals, present variety in size 
and looks, together with vast differences in their inhabit- 
ants. 

Planets are so arranged as to admit of no change, as of 
one giving place to another. All successive routines are 
divided so as to form classes, arranging themselves side by 
side into groups separated only by space where other worlds 
are forming. Perfectly balanced is this vast rolling machine, 
continually throwing off and collecting to itself such materi- 
als as are necessary for fulfilling the law of development. 
Imagination has no counterpart to the fulness of manifesta- 
tions presented to scientific research from this source. 

In the great arcana of Nature there are no faults : all is 
completed with perfect exactness ; dimensions are suited to 
11 



162 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

places occupied, irrespective of other conditions and sur- 
roundings. Magnitude of space is the only barrier to the 
spirit in its research after these orbits : they never carry 
you beyond their own limits, so completely within them- 
selves are they formed, giving no entrance to their next-door 
neighbor. 

We infer that all are not prepared to soar with us to 
these worlds ; but there is enough within your own jurisdic- 
tion to prove beyond cavil these assertions. Then let the 
mind soar with me far beyond space to our spirit-home, or 
the orb of spirits. No tongue can describe to mortals the 
grandeur and magnitude of these heavenly abodes. Not 
until earth shall have passed away, the sun turned to dark- 
ness, and the moon's pale beams descend no more, can the 
magnitude of our orb be diminished. Not until earth's in- 
habitants shall become extinct, and other planets relinquish 
their claims to immortality, can its plains be laid waste, or 
its habitations desolate. So long as there is an individual- 
ized existence will our world exist ; and, whenever a soul 
enters therein, its revolution is onward, onward, to eternal 
salvation. The great apex upon which it turns is God, its 
illuminating substance is intellect, and the developing pro- 
ceeds is a gathering-in of the human mind. 

Marvellous indeed are the works of Him who rules, and 
still more so is the mind which is to comprehend them. 
"Wondrous, more wondrous, is the connection between God 
and man than between God and these miracles of his work. 
In opening the understanding concerning other worlds, it 
becomes necessary to lay aside the ideas imparted in those 
ancient records, where it is said that " in six days God made 
all things." Impossible this ; for, even while these worlds 
are obeying laws peculiar to themselves, others are forming 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 163 

with equally as much precision. When worlds cease to 
form, God will cease to be progressive, and lose the princi- 
ple of promulgating creation ; in that respect remaining sub- 
ject to no further advancement. This is not consistent with 
what we claim to be the attributes of God. All that he has 
ever done he is doing to-day, and will ever continue to do. 

He is unchangeable, fixed in his purposes, establishing 
laws never to change ; for they are God, and we are to 
expect from him the same in the future as there has been in 
the past, so long as he exists. 

In passing from this description of heavenly bodies, we 
are brought by our affinity in connection with our own 
earthly planet. "We approach it with more interest than all 
other worlds, because here began our early associations. 
Here are ties not yet severed, neither will they be until the 
freed spirits of our friends join us in our spirit-home. It is 
of but small import compared with the whole ; and yet it 
receives due consideration from its Maker and the inhabit- 
ants made heirs of eternal progression. 



THE HARMONIAL PHILOSOPHY. 

The harmonial philosophy dates its origin from the time 
of Christ. It was then established by his followers, who 
deposited their interest' in one common treasury, and began 
life upon what they termed a strict accordance with his dis- 
cipline. For years they maintained this form of unity, and 
distinguished themselves as fhe only true followers of the 
meek and lowly Jesus. 



164 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

The influence of Christ's teachings had so wrought upon 
their moral understanding, that they were prepared to live 
each in harmony with the other, and mutually share each 
other's benefits. But as time wore away, and they became 
less enthusiastic in the cause of Christianity, they lost sight 
of their leader, and emerged into ways of their own. This 
was the doctrine of Christ, and to him alone is it attribu- 
table. He taught the unity and brotherhood of mankind, 
who should work in harmony for the good of each other. 

This doctrine has maintained its share of encouragement 
through the Christian warfare ; but, like many other princi- 
ples that he established, it has suffered decline. Some 
particular sects adhere to it in part, sufficiently to propagate 
it as one principle that he gave them to follow. Why has 
this system of life degenerated, and gone almost into obscu- 
rity, compared to what it might have done? Even to-day it 
meets with derision. 

The noblest system that ever existed was established 
then ; but it was destined to flourish but a short time, be- 
cause the understanding of the people was deficient in spirit- 
ual growth. The harmonial philosophy unites all in one 
vast magnitude and equilibrium of thought, and raises every 
one to a standard of eligibility to the great work of defining 
their position, morally, spiritually, and eternally. 'In class- 
ing all minds together, it counts upon the good done by 
unity of strength to individuals, collectively or separately. 
There cannot but arise from this a contrast between isolated 
interests, and extensive combinations for good, predicated 
upon the idea that all are members of one family, each de- 
voted to the welfare of the others. Harmony is the great 
element that combines influence ; and, when directed in the 
channel of elevation, it moulds and frames truths, and estab- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 165 

lishes a chain of relations through the ascending planes of 
spiritual intercourse. 

How excellent is the course of mankind when sin and 
ignorance are deadened by the exemplary influence of the 
inner life, and softened by the temperature of brotherly kind- 
ness ; sharing each other's woes and blessings, and inviting 
all to the benefits of mutual intelligence ! The indignation 
manifested towards harmonial societies is no evidence of 
their wrong position, or of unhallowed purposes, neither of 
their absurdity in pretending to teach harmonizing princi- 
ples. All efforts to Christianize communities are based 
upon increased fellowship ; and this is the same principle 
carried to a greater extent, and applied in a way that all can 
see its fruits. It excludes deception, and carries out prac- 
tically what we so much desire should live and grow in the 
heart, and which we ask God in his mercy to plant there. 
This is the only way to facilitate its full growth by keeping 
it active in the amelioration of what man terms depravity 
of the human heart. 

Societies and associations are formed for all other pur- 
poses ; but when pecuniary interests are involved there 
seems to be more importance attached to them than to the 
salvation of souls. Harmonial societies are looked upon 
as impossible of success, and resisted with dissatisfaction. 
Christ's worldly possessions were held in common with his 
associates : therefore, when viewed as belonging exclusively 
to himself, he was led to exclaim that " he had not where 
to lay his head ;" and yet his followers discard the idea of 
coming to his standard of life. That which is immortal 
was lost, and that which loses its hold at death was cher- 
ished : this Christ saw, and gave them a practical example 
of the life to come. 



166 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

Spirits sought to establish this through the instrumentality 
of Christ, and are making the same efforts to-day, trying to 
raise humanity to a condition where unity of interest will 
be felt as necessary to the growth of religious principles. 
By such unity are you recognized of God : it is the posses- 
sion of virtue and merit that makes distinctions among man- 
kind, and, the more a disposition exists to share mutually 
pecuniary goods, in a greater degree will these qualities be 
possessed. The mind becomes better prepared through the 
law of progress to maintain these principles, and establish 
life upon the broad basis of equality to all. Then when you 
enter upon spirit-life, covetousness^and an inordinate love for 
self will have been wiped out, and the way prepared to 
enter life upon the spiritual plane, acknowledging each as a 
brother, upon terms of intimacy and friendship, and owning 
all as a member of God's family. Such is the harmonial 
philosophy, and such do spirits try to impress upon mortals 
as the true standard of fellowship. 

Let mankind shun it as they may ; but the time is coming 
when the products of Nature will be as free as the sun and 
rain that replenishes and helps produce them. When the 
work of harmony proceeds with a well-defined and measured 
tread, the result is a noble one, uniting all classes, sects, and 
denominations into one field of labor : sectarianism is lost 
sight of, and all grades become accessible to the same Chris- 
tian influence. It deters crime, and draws the mantle of 
charity over ignorance and sin. The influx from this source 
of encouragement enlivens the faculties, arouses the slothful 
intellect, and pours a flood of information from the more 
advanced minds into the receptive capacities of the weaker. 

Oh that ail might be brought to behold the harmonial 
philosophy as the great combining influence, elevating man- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 167 

kind to a standard of morality, and laying the foundation 
for future usefulness ! Its tendency is sure to work a re- 
form, and will at some future day be looked upon as tran- 
scending the most radical reformatory discipline that followed 
Christ's teachings. This spirits sought to introduce, for the 
good of mankind, centuries ago ; and as progression sweeps 
through the channel of intellect, removing crude formations, 
and agitating its sentiments in thoughtful, reasoning minds, 
development will insure harmony, and a reflection of har- 
monial principles from minds rendered pure and clear. 
Thus will the races gradually become prepared to introduce 
the unitary mode of life in preference to that which at pres- 
ent is based upon the insatiable thirst for gain. 



FAMILIARITY. 

Familiarity exists as individuals are disposed to make 
use of the principle governing it. It is a feeling that ger- 
minates into friendship, and is connected with peculiarities 
which need to be studied, and used according to their effects. 
It is an influence or tendency, which, when not used under- 
standing^, loses its vitality ; dissatisfaction being the result. 
In the familiarity existing between two individuals, there 
should be a current of reciprocation, blending and uniting 
their feelings, or no appreciation is felt, let the effort be 
ever so great. Likes and dislikes beget the same feelings 
in' others, as they control the influence passing between the 
two. If associations be too familiar, the current is soon 
exhausted, leaving either one or the other to wonder at their 



168 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

cold reception, so strikingly in contrast with their former 
experience. Perverseness often arises on one side from the 
fact of there not being sufficient strength of friendly feeling 
to maintain that height of friendship at first exhibited, aris- 
ing from a lack of judgment in meting it out in order to 
have it reciprocated and given back. The feeling of inti- 
macy existing with one calls for a corresponding feeling on 
the part of the other, and for the reception of what, on your 
part, you are desirous to grant, receiving what corresponds 
therewith in return. 

Familiarity opens the avenues of the mind, unlocks the 
secret spring by which many indulge in seclusion, and 
brings an individual home to the heart, and from the cold 
obstinacy of self-reserve into the channel of complacent 
conversation. Mankind are too reserved, lacking confi- 
dence in each other, thereby suppressing their best feelings, 
and yielding to those considered more in accordance with 
propriety and etiquette. This clothes them in a garb of 
false pretence, and subjects the heart to perversions, which 
in after-years imbitter and render the individual morose, 
chilling the sensitive mind who seeks familiarity. 

Familiarity gives an opportunity for studying different 
grades of intellect, — such as are found to occupy the true 
standard of life, by whom we may profit ; and such as are 
erroneous, and may be cast aside. But it is familiarity only 
that can disclose personal standing ; for each individual is 
like a sealed book, excluded until such time as some one 
interested approaches, and makes it a subject of perusal. It 
also casts aside reserve, and lays our faults before others : 
hence it should be made a source of benefit ; for, by observing 
others' defects, we are better prepared to overcome them in 
ourselves. It is by knowledge of wrong that we are enabled 
to choose right. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 1G9 

Every individual possesses peculiarities, that when viewed 
in their true light, and not magnified into faults, tend, 
through intimate acquaintance, to mutual improvement. It 
may prove more of a benefit than appears at the time, and 
open the door to unexpected friendship that shall prove 
lasting. Familiarity, when not obtrusive, is in every re- 
spect commendable. 

In the more tender relationship existing between members 
of one family, there is a tie manifested, whose cords are 
drawn around the heart with strength of affection exhibit- 
ing the most refined culture of feeling ; the natural tendency 
of which is to grow stronger and stronger, breathing more 
and more a depth of feeling never manifested or matured 
from any other source. 

Self-culture banishes the first ray of ill-feeling, before it 
shines in upon the conduct, or produces the least effect upon 
the character in general. Meeting minds stored with knowl- 
edge blends their intellect with yours, and, joining in the 
strength of their goodness, raises you to a standard above 
former conditions. Herein lies one advantage of piercing 
to the inner perceptions : they call goodness, morality, 
benevolence, charity, and friendly feeling into existence, 
that never before were thought to be possessed. How com- 
placent the thought that there are minds accessible, who 
produce lasting effects for good ! Let the desire be strong 
enough to prompt people to seek, and they are surrounded 
by those whose pleasure it is to teach, and thus establish 
familiarity leading to the elevation of each and every one. 
In sustaining these relations, do not apply to others, by way 
of prejudice, derision, or ill-repute, that which you will not 
receive in return. Treat all with cordial respect, inviting 
them to the door of your heart by friendlv greeting and 



170 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

cheerful words, and thus commence the work of friendship 
in the remote corners of society, gradually converging to a 
reception of the whole. 

In conforming to the customs of those who are regarded 
as the most elevated class, you often meet with the most 
ignorance, and repulsive conduct ; but, if you turn to the 
refinement of education, there you will find the virtues com- 
bined, producing all that the nature thirsts for, and meting 
out a feeling of satisfaction with life. How superfluous the 
external, compared with the attractiveness of mind, abound- 
ing in treasures untarnishable, and never to be forgotten ! 
How desirable that familiarity should be practised upon this 
basis ; for here we have a source inexhaustible, and ever at 
our command ! The various channels through which it 
should be sought the intellect will guide unto when dictated 
by the higher and more noble aspirations of life. It comes, 
in response to a desire of the heart, from those upon the 
shores of eternity ivho claim familiarity \ 

We have treated upon various subjects for the purpose of 
familiarizing the mind with spirit-life, touching upon salva- 
tion, endless punishment, resurrection, &c. ; introducing 
spiritual ideas in contrast with your own ; also to erase 
error, and plant truth. Many sentiments herein expressed 
are far from what we once entertained ; but change must 
come. You cannot be too familiar with spirit-life ; and the 
nearer you approximate to it upon earth, so much more will 
you have advanced in the scale of progression, and the good 
work will have commenced. 

Familiarity with every subject touching life is our motto, 
promiscuously extended to all. The universe teems with 
spirits, and absence of body should not cause estrangement ; 
for the body was not the individual, but only the garment 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. . 171 

he wore. We claim fellowship, asking for an investigation 
of our claims ; and, if not complied with, the loss will be 
yours, and not ours. 



THE HISTORIAN IN SPIRIT-LIFE. 

We wish to present for the consideration of our readers 
a perpetuated source of unhappiness in spirit-life, selecting 
this one as representing many others, — such as hereditary 
disease extending from generation to generation ; inharmony 
of organization, resulting in crime being entailed, attribu- 
table to some cause operating with the parents. These, to- 
gether with others that might be mentioned, are perpetuated 
sources of unhappiness to the spirit, in seeing their fruits 
multiply long after they have departed. Associations of this 
character remain very vivid with the spirit, because it is 
beyond his power to make amends. 

The historian in spirit-life more particularly attracts our 
attention. Historical works are destined to exist for ages, 
with their authors' names attached ; and, if truthfully record- 
ed, they are an honor to the spirit. The historian's duty is 
to faithfully record or translate such facts as are accessible 
to him, leaving the reader unbiassed, and free to judge for 
himself. Many spirits whose expectations of doing great 
good by means of historical knowledge left for mankind to 
peruse, and to guide .to aspirations of greatness, have left 
their work shrouded in misrepresentations, such as lead to 
error instead of truth. 

Exaggerations were indulged, and wrong constructions 
put upon such facts as might not agree with their own sen- 



172 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

timents , impressions being produced other than those natu- 
rally drawn from the original sources. Libels upon the 
character of the historical account remain such as long as 
the work is perpetuated. Interpretations of the works of 
others live with you in spirit-life, and you there have the 
pleasure of knowing whether you have done the subject jus- 
tice, or not. Should it be the reverse, and you meet daily 
with those whom you have represented wrongfully, what 
other feeling than of regret can you have for so misrepre- 
senting important facts connected with what is to guide the 
intellect of many a youth for ages to come ? 

While seeing your work pass from one student to another, 
biassing and prejudicing their minds, the spirit of the injured 
one seeks to know why it is that you have so wronged him, 
and misrepresented what you had not the least claim to ; de- 
manding of you to return to earth, and blot out that stain 
upon his moral worth and intentions which you have left to 
be instilled as a part of his life. The perversion, amount- 
ing to falsehood, is stamped upon your own brow with such 
visibility, that every spirit reads it there ; producing remorse 
and chagrin that stingeth like an adder. But it is too late : 
the decree has gone forth ; and you are to suffer the penalty 
of transgressing the law of self-justification in the usurpa- 
tion of others' rights. Such are harassed with the embar- 
rassing consciousness that their life was but a snare to others' 
feet, which it is their duty to disentangle in spirit-life ; thus 
keeping them engaged in correcting errors planted by their 
own hand, for years, yea, and for ages, and, in reality, so 
long as their work has an existence. Conscience would 
lead individuals to retrieve such wrongs by ceasing to do 
them ; but they have set the wheel of effects in motion, and 
have not power to stop its revolutions : hence a ceaseless 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 173 

round of remorse is produced as there are ushered into 
spirit-life those who are tinctured with these errors, making 
it their duty to teach them better. When the work of 
making amends shall cease remains with mortals to say ; 
for, so long as these historical productions are kept going the 
rounds of publication, there will be minds to divest of error. 

Watchfulness often characterizes the spirit, in seeking for 
opportunity to present facts as they are ; manifesting a hero- 
ism greater than ever witnessed upon earth. 

Nearly all historical works have met with the same un- 
scrupulous perversion of sentiment. Beware how you 
encroach upon others' rights, thus destined to live long in 
influence ! Beware ! we say ; for the voice of comment is 
heard by spirits, and they feel it as well as those in the body. 
Therefore, beware of thine earthly career ; for it will all 
loom before the understanding in colors that can be washed 
away only as you overcome the evil, and develop good in it's 
stead. 

Is there not a moral attached to every act of life ? Why 
should individuals seek to attribute to others that which they 
are not willing to receive themselves ? Let the mind wan- 
der through the ranks of association, and where will you 
find a mind so benumbed that it is not alive to this fact 
when receiving injuries ? The heart can as well be inured 
to the high sense of bestowing justice as of receiving it. 

The standard of justice is a great study, and can only be 
measured by the golden rule of doing unto others as ye 
would that they should do unto you. In the neglect of this 
principle lies the error of mankind. Adopt this one rule, 
plant it deep in the heart, practising it in all its fulness, and 
let it become an abiding, meditative consideration accom- 
panying every act, and the work of salvation is complete. 



174 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

Nothing more is needed but the study of this one maxim to 
raise every individual to the standard of considering his own 
course well before applying it to others, and then doing the 
best he can. This is living up to your highest light, and 
more is expected of no man. It does away with the efficacy 
of Christ's blood as an atonement for sin, wipes out all 
remorse of conscience, and shuts the door against evil com- 
munications. Sin is beguiled away ; and delight in well- 
doing takes its place. 

There is more contained in this one proverb" than Chris- 
tian communities can fathom. No other saving grace is 
needed, no scriptural admonitions are necessary : its effi- 
cacy is complete, in and of itself working out a growth of 
redemption in the heart which the spirit forever retains. 
This alone would Christianize the world, and bring about 
such a change as has never been realized from all Christian 
efforts combined ; and their work can never be accomplished 
upon any other plan. The scheme of salvation proves a 
total failure without it ; and the spirit wends its way to its 
spirit-home to meet with disappointment that renders neces- 
sary an entire re-organization of its religious principles. 

The first and only step to be taken in Christianizing a 
community is to teach them morals ; and this is morality in 
a concentrated, practical form, implying much in few words. 
It aspires to as much greatness as the faculties were made 
competent to attain. A more noble, truthful, aspiring sen- 
timent was never uttered than that Golden Rule, " Do unto 
others as ye would that they should do unto you ." Go around, 
stifle, or evade it, yet it must be practised : it is the only 
way that mankind can face each other in the spirit- world 
without feelings of reproach ; and it involves active efforts 
to atone for the past. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 175 

Oh ! could the voice of every spirit-historian sound in 
your ears to-day, the unanimous exclamation would be, 
" Do unto others as you would wish to be clone by." Live 
a life so pure and harmonious, that nothing will be entailed 
or perpetuated deleterious to the prosperity of one soul. 
Live ! oh, live it ! mankind, and do not consider it as only 
something to be preached ; but justify thyself through works 9 
instead of faith. Make holiness an exhibition of practice 
as well as of prayer, and consideration the work of a life- 
time. 

Our hasty remarks have given the reader but slight intro- 
duction to the subject of this essay, in comparison with what 
might be said ; but if the mind comprehends the idea that 
wrongs committed upon earth extend to spirit-life, and there 
become a source of unhappiness, our object is accomplished. 

Admonitions are fruitless, without a decided effort on the 
part of each one to profit thereby ; therefore what has been 
said is sufficient for that purpose, and will enable you to 
avoid injustice if so inclined. Oar aim is to put mortals 
on their guard, by presenting facts as they are, and leaving 
the work to be accomplished by them. When this is done, 
our mission will have obtained its desired end. 



INTEMPERATE HABITS. 

Excess of habit destroys the efficacy of morality, be- 
numbs the refined sensibilities, and plunges mankind into 
the depths of utter ruin. Habits in life either assume a 
phase indicating a standard of morality, truth, and integrity, 
or one upon a plane of low development. 



176 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

The moral decline of any individual may be said to arise 
from his habits becoming so strong as to wield the inclina 
tions toward evil, and consume the fragments of a harmo- 
nious life. Intemperate habits arouse to action the baser 
part of man's nature, or those eccentricities which in after- 
years prove the bane and curse of the individual. It 
destroys that equilibrium of action necessary for an even, 
tranquil course, and yields its victims to the impulse of the 
moment, until stability is destroyed, and they become the 
fluctuating, irresolute subject of circumstances ; stirred by 
every gust of passion, abusing their faculties until reason is 
extinct. 

Mankind by nature are considerate. The faculties are 
called out and enlarged with facility ; but, when clogged by 
excess amounting to perversion, recklessness, discord, and 
inharmony ensue. If the tendency be downward, intemper- 
ate habits plunge it lower ; if the temper is inclined to irri- 
tability and severity, it is made more so ; if the leading 
desire be for worldly gain, it increases it ; if malice tempts 
to deeds bordering upon crime, intemperance entices to 
commit the act, one perversion feeding the other. A slight 
excess will often arouse some one of these inclinations, 
which, vibrating to others, soon involves the entire in- 
dividual. 

The causes leading to intemperance are varied and numer- 
ous. Trouble often leads to a different course than what 
otherwise would be pursued. The cup of charity never has 
been sufficiently meted out to those who are upon this plane, 
because the heart's depths could not be read, and the motives 
discerned that were too strong for the innate qualities to 
govern, thus yielding to their surroundings. Such should 
have a counteracting influence thrown around them, and- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 177 

they will as readily yield to one as to the other : if con- 
demned, it sinks them the deeper. 

Habits depend much upon the organization and its sus- 
ceptibility to surrounding influences, which tend to draw it 
into the snare of crime, or to assist in rising above it. The 
nature of some persons is not so much to ponder upon 
effects as to act as the present seems to indicate ; therefore, 
if not sufficiently guarded by associations with those whose 
standard and motto is onward and upward, they soon blend 
with their surroundings, and are carried by the tide of in- 
temperance beyond their own inclinations ; being acted upon 
by a stronger will-power than their own. The organization 
of an individual is not apt to receive due consideration by 
those who condemn ; but when one stands behind the screen, 
and peers through the ranks of human depravity, seeing its 
inner workings, he w 7 ill very soon discover that much defect 
lays in the organization. The rudimental state of a child 
partially indicates what its inclinations will be in after- 
years, and what susceptibilities will be most manifest. 

Susceptibility is one great cause of intemperate habits. 
Many persons are so peculiarly organized as not to possess 
w T ill-power sufficient to retain a separate and distinct in- 
dividuality of action ; but they assimilate with those whom 
they may be associated with, making their cause their own, 
and, before recovering self-possession, other occasions occur ; 
and thus are they led on by the susceptibility of their nature 
to either good or bad courses. On the other hand, there are 
those who possess sufficient powers of repulsion, self-gov- 
ernment, and an unyielding determination of their own, to 
keep from blending with any thing that is not sensible, and 
strictly in accordance with propriety. 

Restlessness in connection with idleness, seeking in this 

12 



178 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

and that direction to wile away the time, and yielding to 
whatever attracts most, opens the door when intemperance 
raps, and it is admitted. 

Lack of penetration in observing its effects, short-sighted- 
ness in not profiting by the experience of others, and many 
other causes, might be mentioned, which act as co-workers 
with intemperate habits. Intemperance is by no means 
confined to the use of intoxicating liquors, but includes all 
uses to which the faculties are subjected, both in this life 
and the life to come. Many habits are equally as abusive 
as inebriety. 

Intemperate habits engender evils not to be lightly 
spoken of, or passed by unheeded. Its baneful curse is too 
prevalent to be shrouded in silence, or obscured by pallia- 
tion ; its effects too lasting to meet with aught but rebuke. 
When passing through a civilized community, there is 
equally as much to shock the refined sensibilities as there is 
exemplary, wholesome, and beneficial. One hardly recog- 
nizes propriety in glancing at mankind, but must know for 
himself what constitutes it before daring to trust to. the 
teachings or example of habit. Eccentricities become un- 
exceptionable when practised daily, as deformities of body 
cease to excite notice upon daily familiarity ; and so with 
many a deformity occasioned by intemperate habits. It 
becomes habitual^ and is looked upon with impunity. Com- 
mencing with slight deviations, and increasing imperceptibly, 
as it were, one habit after another is formed, until crime is 
the result. How insidiously it steals over the morals, coils 
around the passions, and thrusts its fangs deep into the yield- 
ing, unsuspecting temperament ! The greatest stretch of 
imagination can only picture the depravity clinging to the 
vestments of intemperate habits. The grossness and licen- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 179 

tiousness arising from it are beneath the appellations of 
mankind. It frequents our largest cities, is domiciled in 
smaller communities, and takes up its abode in the domestic 
circle; it has aimed its arrows at some of the finest 
specimens of human nature, leaving the mind but a wreck 
of its former self. Its subtle and pernicious effects are so 
unnoticeable to those who are inclined to that class of asso- 
ciations, amusements, and business-relations, that a course 
of intemperance introduced suddenly would meet with utter 
repulsion. Why do not mankind arouse to this fact? They 
have the evidence before them, and yet fall into the same 
wake of error. All grades of intellect, and all classes, 
have its influence to contend with ; and it is a blockade to 
the general interest and good of all enterprises. More 
moral suasion is brought to bear upon this phase of human 
weakness than upon all others combined. It stimulates to 
excess, acts upon the nervous system, vibrates to the brain 
and dethrones reason, and produces an unnatural condition 
of the mind and system generally. 

No individual is fit for the more responsible positions of 
life who is thus wrought upon. 

The time is coming when perverted habits will indicate a 
longer period of activity than during the earth-life. Pro- 
pensities arise from the mind, and are carried into effect 
through the instrumentality of the body ; then what per- 
tains to the mind is immortal. The spirit, after separation 
from the body, feels the loss of such associations, and often 
wanders to earth in search of congenial scenes ; and, coming 
in rapport with former associates, mingles with them, pro? 
ducing impressions upon their minds, wllich are attributed 
to the Devil. Evil seems to predominate ; and those who 
participate in this influence are possessed with such strong 



180 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

inclinations to recklessness, that it is said of them, the Devil 
tempts, and they fall a victim to his wiles. Could the veil 
be rent, it would disclose some of their former companions, 
who, having departed earth-life, seek their society still, 
speaking and mingling with them through access to the 
mind ; hence arises the word " devil." Until progressed 
beyond these desires, this intercourse is sure to be what the 
spirit seeks, and most enjoys, reaping satisfaction through 
this channel. 

It is a substantiated fact in spirit-life, that evil first had 
existence upon some planet, being transplanted therefrom 
through what is termed " death ; " and it is looked upon as 
the lesser or undeveloped good : but, when it returns back 
to earth, it is there called the " devil." Evil, wherever it 
exists, and the devil, are synonymous terms ; and whatever 
tends to create one engenders the other. Every habit formed 
establishes a supplement to divine rule, of a demoniacal 
tendency. The Devil may as truly be said to possess indivi- 
duals in the form as out ; he exists as much here as here- 
after, and is a spirit in the body as well as disembodied ; 
he goes about like a roaring lion in the garb of mankind, as 
well as a spirit, and abides in each heart to the extent that 
evil is cherished, and good rooted out. For a more thorough 
understanding, let all seek to know themselves and their 
habits, and they will find it to be the evil fostered in their 
own breasts, that, stirred to the depths of practical iniquity, 
assumes so formidable a standing as to need something 
more to give it full expression, to which the appellation 
" devil" is applied. The inconsiderateness of using this 
word, and applying it to a distinct spirit, characterized the 
conceptions of man in a state of semi-barbarism, when all 
good was supposed to come . from God in person, and all 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 181 

evil from the Devil in person also. Through ignorance, the 
two have been confounded ; and, by usurpation of power, 
which it is believed at the present day the Devil still retains, 
he is supposed to go about seeking whom he may devour. 

What can sink mankind lower in the gutter of human 
depravity than a constant violation of the spiritual .tendency 
towards things divine; thus calling him away from tliose high 
aspirational pursuits which fit and prepare for extended 
spheres of usefulness ? The life of man might be accounted 
as nought but the work of Nature, were it not for powers 
possessed within himself, capable of elevation, the use of 
which protects the weakness of his nature from evil propen- 
sities, and plants his feet upon the broad, firm foundation 
of right principles and precepts, which, practised from the 
heart, extend through earth-life, and open, in eternity. 

Life is characterized by two phases. One is the right 
use of mental powers, by which the mind soars to a height 
of wisdom and love emblematical of God, and receives an 
influx given through the grace of God working in the heart, 
manifested in daily communion with others. It tramples 
upon sin as do the feet upon the turf on which they tread ; 
and, removing all obstacles that prevent the work of a higher 
power, it transfigures man into the type of holiness. The 
other phase is blackened and obscured by perversions of 
right, and carries mankind down the steep and slippery 
descents of depravity and degradation, leaving the mind to 
meditate upon the probability of becoming one with the 
Satanic power who is thought to preside over sin. 

What can be said to induce mankind to shun such a 
course, through such habits, in order that they may reap the 
fulness of life beyond this, such as is accredited to them 
through the mediation of mind ! 



182 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 



THE POWER OF CONSCIENCE. 

The motives by which mankind are governed are fluctuat- 
ing and transient ; but there is a monitor within, presiding 
with accuracy, and sitting as judge upon every act, defining 
the position taken long before it is acted upon. The con- 
science is a hidden spring, and, though silent, assumes such 
a position as it is right and equitable for it to hold, possessing 
and governing the individual's acts. The conscience, when 
rightly acting, and left to decide the course which ought to 
be followed, is replete with discretion, guiding aright, and, 
if not violated, will direct every act according to the internal 
workings of the spirit. It glides with perfect power of 
reconciliation from one emergency to another, tranquillizing 
by the qualities possessed within itself. 

This monitor of which we speak is the power of con- 
science. It has no limits but the actions of mankind. Pro- 
priety and decorum are within its sphere of action. It 
becomes the highest gift to man ; for it is a right 
mediator and conductor of his ever-varying course in life. 
The dictates of conscience abide with every one : it is a part 
of the soul, and is immortal. It seemed necessary that there 
should be a guiding element within man as a part of his 
own being. As God could not bestow powers upon man 
without conferring upon him some portion of his divinity, 
hence this element of the divine nature was implanted 
within him as the implement of redemption by which he 
might be governed from within himself. 

Every act should be harmonious with conscience ; and it 
will surely entice from wrong when coming in contact with 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 183 

it, as oil is separated from water. Its natural tendency is 
upward through the ranks of progression : it stops not for a 
mediatorial resting-place, but is so inclined toward the source 
from whence it was given, that of necessity it gravitates to 
that condition of existence. 

If mankind would give this part of their spiritual nature 
the confidence that is its due, and rely upon its infallibility, 
not one fault would be committed without causing suffering 
of the penalty through a harassed and guilty feeling. Every 
besetting sin it disavows by causing repulsion of the inner 
feelings against it ; and it keeps up a warfare, which, to outside 
appearance, would indicate no restraining influence, or that 
it was inured to the task. But it is the inner or spiritual 
feelings that writhe in anguish, and submerge the mind in a 
sea of trouble analogous to hell. It is just as impossible to 
violate a spiritual law without remorse of conscience as it 
is to violate a physical law without pain. 

It is no evidence of its non-existence, or that it is not the 
prognosticator of individual acts, because it does not imme- 
diately raise the .masses to the high standard which its 
efficiency would indicate. It only implies that its chiding 
voice is stifled, and that it is subject to a yielding inclination 
to act as conditions would seem to indicate. 

Its voice, spiritually, cannot be hushed ; for it is God 
calling upon man for better ways : it is constantly whisper- 
ing in the still small voice, " Come ye this way, and do right :" 
it raps for admittance at the door of thy heart, and is heard 
by thyself alone. If thou turnest away, and doth admit 
another guest, notwithstanding, it will rap on, and will con- 
tinue so to do as long as the spirit, of which it is a part, 
exists. 

The conscience is ever active, and alive to wrongs of what- 



184 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

ever character. It is the thinking, reflecting part, and acts 
simultaneously with the mind. When grievances are borne, 
it records every act, and vibrates, through sensation, reflec- 
tions long dwelt upon. When indifference to virtue 
shrouds the moral nature, it presents a higher position, and 
opens a contrast between the two. When sin entices, it 
arrests the inclination by rebuke. When an alleviation of 
suffering is demanded, its power to relieve is felt by arousing 
feelings in sympathy with humanity. Its deep, heartfelt 
sympathy never loses the touch of tenderness when its chords 
are rightly touched. Its virtue never loses its vitality ; but 
its susceptibility to action retains its hold upon the moral 
nature, and chides when least expected, melting the hard, 
froward nature into subdued tenderness. Every touch of 
the conscience meets its full counterpart in the exalted con- 
dition it produces, and shares its renovating effects with the 
mind ; one acting in accordance with the other. 

There can be no distinction drawn between the two ; the 
functions of the one commence, live, and expire with the 
other. 

The conscience acts upon interests that can only be ad- 
justed satisfactorily by making them our own. Here we 
have a judge sitting constantly at the door of justice, acting 
under the jurisdiction of a higher power, placed there with- 
out regard to the dictation or concern of man, but possessing 
innate virtue of equality so closely allied to the mind as to 
blend with it, one consecrating the other. Equal importance 
is attached to both. 

Intrigue and deception are so averse to the conscience, 
that it is manifested in the countenance. It permeates so 
effectually the feelings, working through and through the 
spiritual nature, and renders the material so transparent, 
that the emotions of the heart are betrayed. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 185 

Strictly speaking, it is the spirit shining through the ma- 
terial covering which expresses the cast or mould of the 
mind. A large degree of conscience makes an individual 
frank, generous, and kind, and indicates a nature whose 
spirituality is largely developed. The origin of conscience 
cannot be defined any more than that of the spirit : both 
had their origin and are governed by laws cognizant by the 
First Great Cause. 

Who can separate it from the spirit, showing each to have 
a distinct action of its own, involving the standing of the 
individual in this life, and that of the spirit in the world to 
come ? Every act is based upon progress ; and, if the con- 
science be violated, it intercepts the spiritual tendency of the 
immortal part, deadens its growth, and keeps it upon a plane 
no farther in advance than its primal condition. 

Why this mutual reciprocation, if it belongs not to and 
is not a part of the spirit? If it is the spirit, why not rely 
upon its capabilities for salvation ? Is not the spirit compe- 
tent to work out its own grace? Is not that spark of the 
Deity planted in man competent to hold a position worthy 
of its purity, holiness, and godliness of purpose? We have 
all confidence in its power to complete every design, and 
work out its own salvation, if mankind would let its current 
pursue a course unmolested, and not submit its highest aims 
to violation and abuse ; constantly thwarting and uprooting 
its hold and claims upon the spiritual direction of the inner 
life. Perverting its manifestations brings it into disrepute 
through subjugation to another power. 

There is a false estimate of the spirit, and a false as- 
sumption concerning God, who gave it. If he imparted to 
man a portion of himself, he also gave that portion power 
to retain its divine essence ; and if man perverts its course 



186 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

for a time, and reaps the curse, becoming degenerate, it does 
not prove the incompetency of this divine element to work 
out for itself in the end an exceeding weight of glory. In 
tendering to mankind salvation, that must consist in the 
susceptibility of the spirit to good ; and, in proportion as its 
manifestations are kept pure, is its salvation becoming com- 
plete. 

There must be a capacity in mankind for elevation, or no 
saving influences could be brought to bear. The question 
arises, What may it be that is thus acted upon? If it is the 
mind, it is so closely connected with the conscience, that we 
are at a loss to know how one can imbibe it, and not the 
other. While coursing its way through the nature, there is 
no discernible difference : one bears testimony of the other : 
and redemption is wrought through the instrumentality of 
the conscience as much as the mind. 

When the evil-disposed become penitent, and desire better 
w T ays, it is mental sensitiveness, producing remorse of con- 
science, that embraces the tenor of their acts, and modifies 
the life anew. When the mind is brought to a full realiza- 
tion of wrong, it is no hardship to adopt a proper course, 
and let the tide of life run smooth. Those who are disposed 
to make a broad distinction between the two can test the 
virtue of saving grace as brought to bear upon the heart 
alone while the conscience remains shrouded in indifference. 
The difference between the mind and conscience is in the 
superior capabilities of one for intellectual attainment : 
therefore it does not comprise the mind wholly, but is its 
accomplice, and one with it, in moral pursuits. It is an 
office of the mind that cannot be separated, and which pre- 
sents the best motive where good can be done. 

Atonement represents conscientious-making amends, 
through which piety of action is increased. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 187 

Taking into consideration the adaptation, susceptibility, 
and power of every faculty implanted in man to elevate him, 
how can abstinence from their right use be indulged, therein 
consisting salvation, and misery being the result of neglect? 
It is by a right use of these God-given powers that sin is 
overcome ; and, let other agencies interfere, these faculties 
must be alive to their work. Their object and distinct prop- 
erties are to transcend evil, and go back to the source from 
whence they originated. Rapidly is this being accomplished ; 
and its course to that effect is marked by progression, com- 
mencing with God, in whom it is destined to end. 



THE GREATNESS OF HUMAN EFFORT. 

Human effort stands unparalleled throughout the dominion 
of God's universe. When viewing the works of Nature, no 
comparison can be found with the mind, and no traces of 
intelligence are distinguishable but in man ; for this reason, 
does he transcend all things else. 

When we compare the works of man with what Nature 
has accomplished, it leaves him far in the rear. She has 
developed more perfection within herself, because man's 
perfecting qualities are in the mind. 

Human effort implies that which proceeds from power of 
intellect ; therefore, when we speak of its greatness, what 
can equal it in its progressive state ? Its faculties of com- 
prehension master every other work in Nature, as it com- 
prises the essential qualities of all. When the functions of 
man cease, the manifestations of a higher power in other 



188 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

forms will also cease. He is the embodiment of all below 
him, with a touch of higher workmanship. He assumes a 
position characterized by a spiritual gift ; and from thence 
proceed the influx and reflux of human intelligence, from 
which arise the many achievements immortalizing the name 
of man. 

Human effort figures in every thing pertaining to exploit, 
logical pursuits, and the more apparent realities of life. 
It is by this that explorations are made, and individual 
genius brought into requisition. 

When moralizing upon the rising generation, great bene- 
fits must, of necessity, be expected to arise from the progress 
of the age, through efforts for improved civilization and 
the propagation of a higher and more exalted type of 
national greatness. Progress is deduced from principles that 
imply human effort, and stands forth as a perquisite to 
human greatness. Divine will is carried into effect by this 
means, through the instrumentality of the mind, maturing 
the God-principle, to which is attached the Godhead in 
every individual. Since man existed, human effort has 
framed the groundwork upon which has rested the expecta- 
tions of the people for advancement, propelled by the inhe- 
rent properties of progression. The great Divine intended 
human effort as apropos to a great and glorious end. It 
is the possession of mind that imbues man with these tran- 
scendent powers, and from which arise the glorious results 
of a never-ending continuance of intellectual aspirations. 
The mind when agitated inclines to investigation, which 
leads to a clearer perception of the qualities possessed by 
man, and clears away the rubbish ; developing new phases, 
and presenting new facts, which point to the eternal destiny 
of the human race. 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 189 

Philosophizing upon this subject brings us to the idea 
mat the nature of the mind transcends and exceeds all 
other designs. The material was made subject to the mind ; 
and hence its innate supremacy over all other works of God. 
Its perceptive faculties make it the seat of intelligence ; and, 
wherever intelligence exists, there is found a spark of the 
Deity ; and in that spark he has given pre-eminence over all 
other forms of life, and brought into exercise a discipline, 
which, as fast as the mind becomes competent through 
knowledge, subjects inanimate substance to its control, and 
becomes the imperial ruler over the dominion in which God 
has placed it. If we were to define human effort, it would 
be as a combination of enactments thriving under an essen- 
tial gift from God, to which is attached intrinsic value, 
made manifest through the agency of will, or the inclina- 
tion of man to carry forward by innate activity the work 
of attaining higher degrees of life. When we pass from 
this position to speak more definitely upon this point, it 
brings us to individual acts, and specifies the results arising 
therefrom. So broad is this field, and so numerous have 
been its productions, that we find no more interest awak- 
ened in us concerning one than another : suffice it to say, 
that all has been accomplished through the unwearied 
efforts of human agency, extending from generation to 
generation, far back through ages little known. Although 
shackled by ignorance, yet has it brought from the mystic 
, past revolutionary ideas which are to give brighter views 
of things eternal, and bring to knowledge facts which here- 
tofore have been shrouded. Slumbering beneath the wave 
of prevalent religious condemnation, carried by the tide, 
lashed and seethed by time's rough hand, these mighty 
truths have advanced from imperfect conditions until a 



1 90 INSTR VOTIVE . COMMUNICA TIONS. 

broader and more comprehensive foundation has been devel- 
oped. Thus has human effort plunged forth as an irresisti- 
ble champion of man, bringing all Nature's designs to his 
understanding. 

The power of maturing one idea, of establishing one 
fact, of investigating one phase of life from eternity, is 
greater than the artifice of Nature, because it involves the 
.intellect, and brings into activity those powers which God 
has implanted in man for that specific purpose. It is work- 
ing out the destiny for which he was designed ; and through 
that particular qualification he is the type of G-od. When 
we say that one matured idea regarding eternity stands pre- 
eminent over all tlie other works of God, it is clearly under- 
stood that all are the products of his hand ; but, as some 
portions of his work shine forth with more resplendence 
and glory than others, the mind comprises all the attain- 
ments and perfection which each of God's works manifest 
in some degree. The mind is the most wondrous produc- 
tion of God, and deserves acknowledged supremacy. In it 
is centred the progressive element, and through it is^ mani- 
fested the greatness comprised in immortality. The gene- 
ral power of intellect is measured by the efforts put forth 
to vitalize and carry into effect certain measures. The 
impulse of a people may be clearly discerned by the nature 
of their efforts, to which most of the representative condi- 
tions of life are attached. In the advantages of rustic life, 
there is found that adaptation to the crude unfoldings of 
civilization and advancement, which tend to human aggran- 
dizement, through the law of progression. 

The wisdom of an overruling power has clearly defined 
to man what greatness may be realized, as also the duty de- 
volving upon him, in making use of powers so transcendent 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 191 

as to lift mankind from a low condition to one of ineffable 
glory. There is nothing that can transcend human effort ; 
for it is the soul's asking for a more perfect manifestation of 
life, and an endeavor to reach a point in human perfection, 
where, through the realities of a well-spent life, can be 
realized the expectations of a happy future. Acted upon 
by the power of divine will, the mind of man is brought 
into exercise ; and, in the experience of every one, a course 
is defined indicating some end to be accomplished. 

The man of art, science, and literature, is the exponent of 
human effort, and wheels his pursuits upon the track of sound 
intellectual attainments. The man of public distinction stands 
at the helm of human effort, and the tide of his success 
pours onward through the ranks of a popular life. The 
man of labor bears his part in the drama of life, and adds 
to the efforts made for advancement in the category of 
human events.- The scholar adds to his store of knowledge 
through industry of intellect, and bears the banner of prog- 
ress onward through the ranks of association, laying the 
foundation for the education of rising Generations. 

So goes life, each bearing a part, and each filling the 
measure of human effort. Great and wise is the provision ; 
for by it we are made partakers of human greatness. It 
blends and harmonizes with the inclinations ; and, guided 
by reason, it forms the sphere of man's existence. It be- 
hooves every one to make their efforts in such a way as to 
promote peace and prosperity ; not only to themselves, but 
to others, and thereby maintain a great and glorious stand- 
ing, reaping the reward of an eternal justification through 
the instrumentality of individual effort. 



192 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 



SUBDUING ERROR. 

Man is so organized as to call to his aid powers beyond 
his control, forming ideas which cluster around his memory, 
forcing him onward and upward through the ranks of pro- 
gression, or the reverse. His organization is flexible, yield- 
ing to temptation, continually making him the object of 
conflicting designs affecting his acts. His organization is 
also susceptible of high cultivation and advancement, of 
overcoming error, and of raising him above all obstacles 
planted in his nature. The mind of man ought to be march- 
ing on under the leadership of reason, advancing and sub- 
duing error, and casting aside whatever it is not practi- 
cable to follow, whether found in the Bible, or elsewhere. 
Progression calls the mind onward, inciting it to war 
against those elements which subject it to the by-gone 
past. 

The sacred writings of ancient times have served the 
past : they have done their work ; now let us do ours in 
finishing up what they left undone. Courage and firm- 
ness in the right are necessary qualifications, carrying us 
far beyond the fear of strife, never faltering through fear of 
public opinion. Fear casteth before it a shadow ; while 
courage moveth with the assurance of success. 

There is nothing in the elements of Nature capable of ef- 
fecting changes equal to the mind in its onward march. Its 
ameliorating propensities change with the fluctuation of sen- 
timent ; swaying the mind from peace to war, or from war 
to peace. Mental changes displace error, and establish 
right precepts, which dictate and guide onward, strengthen- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 193 

ing our purposes more and more to uphold that equality and 
freedom which involve the morals and good of man. 

Turmoil and discord ever threaten to produce great and 
powerful changes, both in the elements and in the mind of 
man. Discordant elements are brought into contact, involv- 
ing conflict, destruction of organic forms, and the liberation 
of forces that scatter elements to the four winds ; strewing 
devastation in their path. Equally marked in its course is 
the thought of man ; bearing testimony ; inspiring harmony ; 
uniting justice with strength ; tearing down the w r alls of su- 
perstition, and rearing the banner of progress, upon which 
is written inscriptions of " liberty to all ; M spreading its folds 
over vast continents ; waving its broad stripes over the 
hearts of the people ; giving free thought, free speech, and 
love for every individual, with freedom to worship accord- 
ing to their understanding. 

Conquerors in this field are wanted, capable of showing, 
heroism, and of calling their forces to battle where bigotry, 
superstition, and theological errors will be met with deadly 
aim. Let the brave who have mastered prejudice, scorn, 
and ridicule, come forth : your services are needed in the 
cause of right over wrong. The field is open ; duty lies at 
the door of your religious principles, — to subdue manfully 
such foes as are the errors founded upon old mythological 
ideas, w T hich ought not to enter into the pure morality of the 
present day. The contest, though long, will be victorious : 
truth is mighty, sweeping error with the besom of destruc- 
tion. Conquerors in the field of truth are already armed to 
meet the foe ; humanity lies stretched in their path, bleed- 
ing from wounds inflicted by the hosts of error. 

Simultaneously will there be commotions and agitation, 
stirring thought from the depths of man's reflective capacity ; 
13 



194 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

inducing, first subversion, and then peace ; subduing the 
error, that God has made man capable of enlargement of 
ideas, and yet has left but one guide, called the Scriptures, 
for his instruction and salvation. 

Taking observations from the point of Scripture author- 
ity, man wheels into a track that compels him to follow that 
particular direction, and no other. Well-nigh upon the broad 
road doth this lead a man to destruction. When you divest 
a man of his free moral agency, you take from him the privi- 
lege of choosing a course productive of happiness both in 
this and spirit life. Free agency is no more nor less than the 
prerogative of attaining to a state of purity, goodness, and 
godliness. It establishes self-reliance of character, and a 
feeling of freedom to detect and confront error. The man 
who stands upon his own platform, closely scrutinizing the 
past and present, and glancing into the future, puts forth 
his energies to subdue all errors that appear ; while he who 
takes another's standpoint fashions his views accordingly, 
and indorses his conduct, right or wrong. His perceptions 
of error become obtuse, and he falls into the wake of his 
ancestry. As years roll by, he is still found advocating the 
same sentiments. The sciences, whose tendency is to eradi- 
cate such ideas, are passed by unheeded ; and with fervor he 
teaches his errors to his descendants, they, in turn, accepting, 
and transmitting them. to others. Thus is error propagated ; 
and thus we have a glimpse of religious tenacity, which was 
once considered as the only right and practicable way. 

It is a noble and praiseworthy employment of the mental 
mechanism of man to subdue error. Its shafts point in 
many directions ; and, as the wheels turn upon their axles, 
they crush myriad forms of error, sending forth at every 
revolution sparks of truth to ignite the intellect, and be- 



INSTRUCTIVE VbMMUNICATIONS. 195 

come an inextinguishable fire of intellectual progress. May 
not this be called a noble mission ? 

Let each voice speak out, and give utterance to the feelings 
of the heart, and it will indicate a desire that error be sub- 
dued, and that more perfect truths and inspirations be enjoyed 
than through the light of the past. Man has liberty 5 mind, 
intellect, and strength to seek wisdom ; and where will he 
impute the fault, should he not have courage to battle with 
error, and reach those heights contiguous to his Maker t These 
are thoughts for a life-time of consideration. Bear them 
hence to thy sphere of action, and let the echo of thy well- 
doing sound from shore to shore, vibrating back upon thy 
past life, covering it with a lustre more glorious than the 
gems of ancient ore, the Oriental display of Bible characters, 
or the fabulous scenes and representations of immortality. 



DISEASE. 



The human system is rendered transparent to a spirit ; 
the organization being open to their view with as clear a 
perception as light admitted through a pane of glass trans- 
mits objects to you. 

The innumerable causes creating the great surplus of 
diseases which attack the human form are in most instances 
entirely beyond the eye of the practitioner, giving him no 
clew for investigation. His opinion is founded upon exter- 
nal appearance or Symptoms ; hence how natural to suppose 
that such and such parts are the seat of derangement, when, 
in reality, the origin of the disease is so occult as to make it 



196 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

imperceptible to the eye or understanding; that which is 
judged from being only sympathetic with the real cause ! 
The locality of disease may be remote from any part 
manifesting its influence or symptoms. It often happens 
that derangement is going forward in the system so slowly 
and imperceptibly as not to attract the attention of the sub- 
ject until the organ which is most sensitive and susceptible 
to unnatural feeling manifests the form of disease located 
there. This is one inconvenience which all physicians are 
subjected to, incurring great responsibility in tracing the 
effects to their causes, thus locating the disease. Diseased 
action may be going on in the system, and yet parts as 
nearly located as one organ is connected with another may 
not be in the least affected. 

When we take into consideration the susceptibility of some 
organs to a far greater degree than others, it explains why 
one part is affected, and not all. It is in the degree of sus- 
ceptibility that all diseases diminish or progress. In tracing 
disease from the effect to the cause, it is necessary the prac- 
titioner be on his guard, and not attribute the cause, to the 
effect. This is a great mistake, and one which is often made 
so plain to us that we cannot but raise our voice in admonition. 
The most essential part to be understood is the cause. In this 
connection, we will present for consideration such organic 
parts as can be readily understood ; and the mind will then 
be better prepared to understand our ideas as w T e desire to 
present the subject. We will therefore present the locality 
and office of the nerves. 

In tracing both the arteries and nerves through their 
different channels, we perceive the suprehiacy of the nervous 
system over all other parts of the body. Dividing this 
subject, we take the first division under the head of the great 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 197 

nerve of vitality, proceeding from the brain, and carried 
from thence down the spinal column to the stomach, and 
from thence diffused to other parts. This nerve we term 
the great nerve of life, from its connection with the brain, 
and its retaining action when all other branches leading 
from it are suspended. This nerve supplies all parts of the 
body with strength ; with the help of will-power, it pro- 
duces changes, throwing off or expelling disease. It is by 
no means dependent upon any other nerve for action, but is 
perfectly independent, not only in its own action, but entirely 
so when brought to bear upon other connecting parts. The 
great regulator of the human machine lies in this trunk of 
a nerve, which supplies the body like to the limbs of a tree. 
All nutrition is acted upon by this nerve, changing the fluids 
from sweet, sour, or bitter, just as the food taken into the 
stomach indicates. 

The fluids are governed by this nerve, through the pecu- 
liar effect and influence exerted upon the orifice or passage^ 
carrying fluids, solids, and all contents of the stomach, into 
the great aqueduct ; converting it into nutriment, and pro- 
portioning it to the different parts of the body, as supply 
meeting demand. This aqueduct is the entrance from the 
stomach to the bowels, controlling it perfectly. Thus you 
see that the power or motive propelling life lies in this 
nerve, centred in the brain. This is what gives sensation 
of pain or pleasure. If there were no connection between 
this nerve and the brain, sensation would cease. No sooner 
is pain produced than at that instant it is carried to the 
brain ; and indeed, I might say, it proceeds from the brain 
first, being conducted by this nerve to other parts of the 
body. 

Leaving this part of our subject, we now take up the 



198 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

various nerves given off from this one,' and diffused through 
different parts of the body. Numerous are the branches 
taking their origin from this one, all working in harmony 
according to the laws governing the great controlling nerve. 
These are each and every one made subservient to it, extend- 
ing to different parts of the body ; each performing its duty 
in keeping the bodily machine in order. There is one class 
extending to the face, which may be divided and subdivided, 
scattered over the muscles, producing sensation : others, 
more refined in their order, extend to the eye, ear, nose, 
and mouth ; giving taste, sight, smell, and hearing. These 
are in close connection with the original nerve, being the 
first given off. Following the channel farther down, we 
come to those supplying the muscular motion of the shoulder 
and arms, which, when brought into action, produce sensa- 
tion. 

Extending along the spinal column, below the arms, are 
nerves too numerous to mention separately : we therefore 
select such as come within immediate influence of the con- 
trolling nerve, and act directly upon vital parts. These 
nerves are traced by anatomists ; but their relation to this 
one is what we wish to present more particularly. In 
defining their relative position, we will first speak of the 
nerve extending to the kidneys. Its action upon this organ 
is potent and effectual, governing the secretions, giving 
tone, exciting to either increased or diminished action. 
When there is an excess of secretion, this nerve vibrates back 
the intelligence, calling the forces to act to expel and relieve 
the overtaxed organ : if there is a deficiency, it calls upon the 
fluids of the stomach for a supply. Another pair are given 
off at the pit of the stomach, passing from thence to the 
bowels ; giving tone, action, and an increase of nutrition ; 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 199 

permeating the whole volume of the intestinal organs. Others 
given off for the purpose of sensation extend to all parts of 
the body. If there is the least derangement of the system 
in any part of the body, the nerves are the first to complain. 
Thus are the nerves distributed all over the body ; making a 
complete web of nerves, which are all given off from this one. 
What can be more evident than the fact that these nerves 
govern the entire system? The direction, origin, use, and 
controlling influence of the nerves, bear as strong marks of 
their design, as the current of a stream which winds its 
way through different channels that direct its course. Re- 
garding the nervous system as the only and most effectual 
means for producing changes upon the general system, Ave 
leave this part of the human organism, and pass, to an ex- 
amination of the blood. 

The blood, in coursing through its various channels, 
becomes the source of disease as wrought upon by the 
nerves in a close and direct manner. Blood-vessels passing 
to different localities convey impurities from an over-supply 
of nutrition given from the nerves. 

Blood-vessels are simply channels which convey blood 
from the heart, distributing it throughout the entire system, 
and thence back to the heart. This organ receives and im- 
parts at the same time : all impurities of the blood flow 
through this organ. If it is overtaxed, impurities pass to 
other organs, and from thence over the whole system. If 
this is allowed to continue, disease surely follows. 

The blood is acted upon by the nerves supplying it with 
nutriment and a healthy condition to impart to the rest of 
the system. When brought fully into healthy and active 
conditions, its harmony is completely successful in curing 



200 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

any disease attacking the body. These two elements per- 
meate and diffuse their peculiar qualifications over every 
part of the system. Too much nourishment taken into the 
stomach overtaxes the nervous fluids, leaving a part un- 
digested, there to remain until disposed of by decomposition, 
and mechanically carried into the circulation ; producing 
stagnation of the different organs whose duty it is to dispose 
of the contents of the stomach. The blood is the first to 
complain of these injuries, causing impurities, and locating 
disease upon that organ which is weakest, and most suscep- 
tible of derangement. 

The nerves, when not overtaxed, control all this ; leaving 
the rest free to do their part of the work faithfully and un- 
encumbered. The digestive organs work in obedience to 
these commands, stepping not aside until such time as the 
nerves yield their control. 

In perfect harmony does the blood course its way through 
the body, leaving not a trace of impaired health when it is 
purified by the action of the nervous fluids performing 
their work with ease. A more perfect machine never ex- 
isted, fulfilling every part of its duty when Nature is 
allowed to predominate. The blood may be likened to a 
machine, acting as it is acted upon ; and the same applies to 
every other organ. The first to attract the attention of 
Nature is the nerve of vitality. Nature here commences 
her dominion, and extends it from thence to the rest of her 
attendants. Nature bids us be obedient to her calls and 
demands, and this nerve centred in the brain will keep the 
system in harmony. 

As disease arises from perversions of Nature, it is the 
duty of every individual to understand the principles upon 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 201 

which health is established. Ill health begets sorrow in 
successive generations, as extended by the ties of consan- 
guinity from one to another. Derangement of function 
disturbs the whole system, as marked with symptoms indi- 
cating the disease. Symptoms are often indicative of de- 
rangement not yet matured into disease. There may be 
more or less disturbance of the functional organs, arising 
from an excess of fluid being brought to bear more directly 
upon one organ than another ; which may be vigorous 
enough to stand the charge, or it may yield. 

In the case of this attacking the lungs, it creates disease 
peculiar to that organ, producing too high a state of activity, 
crowding the blood-vessels with impurities, loading it upon 
the lungs, forcing it back upon the orifices, closing them, 
excluding air, and producing a high state of inflammation 
terminating in suppuration of the diseased parts, termi- 
nating in instant death, or in a lingering cough called con- 
sumption. 

When attacking the brain, that organ yields from suscep- 
tibility peculiar to itself. Watery effusions cluster around, 
impeding its action, and creating drowsiness, or a state of 
insensibility. The more remote from the seat of intelli- 
gence this nerve acts, the less manifest is the disease ; allow- 
ing it to prey upon the system for an indefinite length of 
time* without any apparent alteration or impaired state of 
health. Those organs which chiefly obey its demands are 
the ruling indices in locating disease. 

In demonstrating diseased action of the kidneys, we wish 
more particularly to define its effect as applied to the rest 
of the system. The nerves of excitability or sensation are 
exceedingly dormant, creating but little life peculiar to that 
organ as separate from its relation to other parts. The 



202 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

most danger arising from disease located upon the kidneys is 
in the urinary fluids passing through a diseased substance, 
carrying impure secretions to other parts, there to locate 
disease, and involve a broken constitution. Pustules of 
matter are often the consequence of diseased blood, loading 
the kidneys with impurities which they are not able to dis- 
pose of, and therefore yield to its effects. 

In casting a glance over the system, we are often reminded 
how fast the general health declines from deficiency in the 
aqueduct passing from the stomach to the bowels. Not re- 
ceiving sufficient aliment to supply the demand arising from 
diseased action going on with some other organ, more than 
their ordinary allowance is necessary to keep up an equilib- 
rium of vitality. The nerves struggle hard to maintain an 
equality of vitality, and to keep the diseased part from 
releasing its effort to recover its natural condition. This is 
often productive of a disordered state of the bowels, together 
with an uneasy sensation in the stomach, producing an in- 
creased demand for nourishment, which ought to be sup- 
plied, often being the only thing needed for the nerves to 
act upon in restoring to action those organs which begin to 
weaken from a lack of vitality. This keeps the system 
upon a plane of strength above the liability of coalescing 
with the disease going on by itself in special parts. 

Organs, like individuals in communities, become inhar- 
monious for a while, and then restore themselves through 
encouragement from others. If there were no barrier to 
health in the elements, or disturbance of equilibrium in the 
advancement to old age, man would ripen, and drop off like 
a pear fully matured. In the distribution of Nature, there 
is more equality shown to each individual upon a plane of 
harmony than would be recognized in standing outside, and 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 203 

judging from external appearance. The most perfect and 
harmonious relations are sustained by strict obedience to 
the laws governing the demands of natural productions, and 
arising from natural causes. There is in Nature a supply 
for all demands. Study Nature, and the more it is under- 
stood, the nearer will remedies approximate to the fulness 
and efficacy found in her restoratives as adapted to the ail- 
ments liable to attack the human machine. 

When restoratives are applied for the purpose of assisting 
Nature, or to give an impetus to the misdirected organ 
toward right action, we favor giving free scope to remedies. 
Restoratives of whatever kind, whatever their effect may be 
temporarily, are, in the mean time, undermining Nature, 
if not in harmony with it. The most simple and effectual 
cures are wrought by the hand of time ; giving Nature an 
opportunity to redress her wrongs, and restore her rights. 
She is fully competent to judge of the restoratives required 
to induce a healthy condition. The facts presented in 
Nature, pertaining to medicine, indicate that by far the 
greatest portion of mankind are living in obedience to her 
dictates. Human intelligence, in direct contact with Nature, 
discovers and employs the most satisfactory remedies for 
all the ailments of man. Development of the mind is un- 
necessary in order to comprehend and employ the restora- 
tives that Nature places in your path, as also in the hands 
of the most barbarous and uncivilized nations, in whom 
Nature has secured health and vigor far surpassing the 
more refined and cultivated American. 

The more people are nurtured in superfluities, the farther 
are they carried from Nature, shrouding the mind in igno- 
rance, and leaving them to the mere opinions and prescrip- 
tions of those who are educated for that purpose. 



204 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

When lingering upon the subject of disease, we often 
wander forth into the mysteries of Nature, and there find 
remedies so perfectly applicable, that they appear to us as 
the only and best to which man is or can be accessible. 
Nature holds man responsible for all things of a physical 
character coming within his knowledge ; how, then, can we 
avoid the assertion, that Nature is man as applied to his 
physical organization? But, leaving this part of our subject, 
we pass on to speak of conditions. 

Condition is the opening and closing door to disease. 
Opening to-day with a full supply of vital energy, to- 
morrow are we grasped by the hand of disease, and laid 
low. Conditions vary the disease to-day to a formidable 
enemy ; to-morrow the subject is considered convalescent. 
The patient becomes changed according as these conditions 
are brought to bear. For instance, the diseased organ man- 
ifests no unusual complaint or uneasy sensation ; the next 
hour, inflammation may be extending to a high degree. 
From whence arise these varying conditions, attended with 
health or disease? 

Condition is a formidable enemy, over which we have 
but little control. Emerging from this, and arising from 
various causes, disease is contracted, which lurks about the 
system like a thief in the night, ready for an attack when- 
ever varying changes present an opportunity. Changes 
mark the course of all Nature, but with not half the potency 
with which they affect the human system ; for nothing is so 
susceptible to their influence. When the different organs 
move in harmony, propelled by the nerve of vitality, con- 
ditions pass by, leaving their influence unheeded, in conse- 
quence of the vigorous state of all parts, victorious over 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 205 

disease. These varying conditions are what baffle the skill 
of the practitioner, placing his patient far beyond the control 
of medicine. 

Conditions may arise from atmospheric changes, produ- 
cing unhealthy air, which, passing through the system, excites 
the nerves, irritating their excitable propensities, and leaving 
them wounded and sore, to redress their wrongs by impart- 
ing the evil to other organs which are in sympathy : thus 
is laid the foundation for disease. Again are conditions 
produced by currents of air changing suddenly from warm 
to cold, affecting vitality with the suddenness of the change. 
The dews of heaven rising to an atmosphere comparing 
with their density produce atmospherical conditions. The 
blasts of the northern wind sweeping from far beyond the 
ocean's main, blown from the icebergs of northern regions, 
produce chilling conditions, which throw the vital energies 
into a collapsed state, calling for protection from the nervous 
fluids : they, in return, are rebuked through incompetency to 
control such emergencies ; and thus disease opens the door, 
and takes possession. The scorching sun produces con- 
ditions of languor and weakness of the vital energies, which 
fall back upon restoratives to gain strength to maintain 
endurance. Too frequent use of intoxicating liquors, an 
excess of eating, an overtaxed bodily endurance, an excess 
or deficiency of sleep, inharmony arising from excitement, 
an undue amount of mental labor, all produce conditions 
which vary the disease accordingly. 

Conditions too numerous to mention cluster around the 
every-day walks of life, while disease watches an opportunity 
for its share of the spoils of human mortality. Thus are 
conditions made the source and means of contracting 
disease. 



206 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

What is most necessary for the bodily comfort of man is 
knowledge of the means of evading influences, or controlling 
habits, so as to be prepared to meet these conditions. The 
establishment of prudent habits, together with a moderate 
degree of exercise, is the first and most important feature 
to elicit attention. Every individual should have access to 
rules of conduct conducive to health, in contrast with the 
practice of using drugs, concerning which we wish to make 
a few practical statements, commencing with opium. 

This drug is one of the most powerful and destructive of 
all medicines. It acts directly upon the nervous fluids, 
stupefying and deadening to the extent of the ability of the 
nerve, thence proceeding to every part of the body, and 
lastly levelling its deadening aim at the brain. It suspends 
action, keeps the organs from moving, and produces general 
stagnation of all parts. The effects of so great an obstruc- 
tion are to suspend the forces of Nature in their efforts to 
restore the depredation upon the rights and claims of the 
system. Opium is also a powerful recognizer of disease 
produced by its own effects. If there are hereditary defects 
in the system, opium exerts a disastrous influence over the 
debilitated parts, penetrating every portion of the system, 
causing the organs to relax the effort which Nature has 
marked out, and yield to its stupefying effects. If con- 
tinued, Nature yields her control ; and the different organs 
depend upon this for a stimulus to action. And what is the 
effect upon the system in general? A broken constitution, 
which yields to the influence of .conditions as readily as 
the dial moves by the workings of machinery. This is but 
one of the many drugs used as a blockade to Nature's wheels 
in the human system. Too much cannot be said against 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 207 

the frequent and liberal use of this medicine. If used in 
any form, it should be applied as a counter-irritant upon 
the surface, giving ease and a quiet sensation to the affected 
part, inviting and encouraging Nature to the work of repara- 
tion. 

In glancing over the many remedies used in the line of 
medicine, our attention is next directed to calomel. This is 
a deadly poison, and so obnoxious to the sensitive organ as 
to produce effects from which it never recovers. It pro- 
duces changes by giving, for the fluids to act upon, what 
may be compared to the most odious and unwholesome food 
for the palate to detect, and expel as soon as possible. 
These are the effects when given in small quantities, and 
intended as an alterative. When given in larger doses, and 
allowed to remain in the system a sufficient length of time 
to act upon the glands, thus throwing off the secretions de- 
posited there by inability of the vital fluids to dispose of it, 
it at once becomes the ruling secretion of the system, and 
maintains its peculiar dominion, predominating over all 
other requirements of Nature. Thus is Nature robbed of 
one of its greatest and most reliable restoratives, — the 
purity, strength, and vigor of the vital fluids. 

When changes are necessary, place the patient in a condi- 
tion to alter his habits of life, and change the secretions, by 
giving what will be adapted to the vital fluids as a base to 
act upon. All fluids taken into the stomach produce effects 
upon the vital fluids, feeding and changing them as you may 
desire. The fluids are susceptible to the effects of acid, 
alkalies, or bitter solutions ; changing them from sweet, sour, 
or bitter as may be desired, and producing something dif- 
ferent for them to act upon, giving an impetus in another 
direction, as does calomel. In the case of an individual who 



208 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

neither drinks tea, coffee, nor ardent spirits, even these sim- 
ple articles produce changes in the secretions ; and the same 
applies to all other alteratives. Alteratives are simply to 
produce changes from the former habit of the system, estab- 
lishing something different. This is the intention of all 
medicines given as alteratives ; and all medicines given for 
that purpose act upon the secretions, or they are not produc- 
tive of a change. What can produce more natural and 
beneficial changes in the secretions than what is eaten with 
a relish, and is perfectly adapted to the duties they are re- 
quired to perform? Changes, therefore, are not dependent 
upon any one article. Any new habit formed soon produces 
a change, showing clearly the alterative effects upon the 
system. In the commencement of disease, could these 
changes be brought to bear, giving the system a tendency in 
an opposite direction, and rallying all parts to self-defence, 
the diseased action would cease. 

Brooding over this subject places before the community 
such investigations as we have been able to demonstrate by 
cases constantly being subjected to an injurious mode of 
treatment, and, perchance, may give to soma sufferers whose 
eyes may fall upon these pages an insight into the cause of 
so much inharmony in the organic parts of their system. 
There yet remain many points to be treated upon with 
equal severity. 

Blood-letting, or bleeding, is another injurious practice, 
productive of great injury to the entire system ; taking 
away and robbing every organ of that strength and vitality 
which is necessary to impart vigor and encouragement to 
the diseased portion. The blood, in coursing its way, is the 
most curious and precise element in the human machine. 
As it passes from one organ to another, it leaves just suffi- 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 209 

cient nourishment for that organ, and no more. In the case 
of disease located in any part of the system, it conveys 
vitality to that part, but treats it as a disabled member 
needing help, and passes to other organs ; giving them more 
than their supply, and calling upon them to do their share 
of Nature's restorative work : they, in turn, rally to the 
assistance of the diseased part ; making use of the extra 
supply of vitality given from the blood. 

In the case of violent injuries, every organ renders assist- 
ance, needing all that strength and vigor to maintain har- 
mony under such trying conditions that the system is able 
to impart. How, then, can taking away a part of their ma- 
terial for the work be beneficial? If the strength of the 
system depends upon this one fluid, the more necessary is it 
that it should be- retained when the system is laboring under 
the shock of injuries ; thus throwing every organ into a state 
not only of self-preservation, but of care and assistance for 
the disabled member. 

What are the effects of bleeding? in what cases is it 
needed ? and in what respect does it lessen circulation ? 

In the employment of bleeding, more is expected from 
lessening the circulation than from any other effect likely 
to follow ; and, indeed, this is the object the practitioner has 
in view. His object is to take from the diseased part that 
flow of blood which he fears the organ is disabled from con- 
trolling, thus expecting to assist by taking away a part of 
its burden. These are the reasons why he uses the lancet ; 
and the effects which he expects will follow in his course of 
reasoning. When there is no object of this kind in view, 
he quietly resigns to the work of Nature, knowing his in- 
ability to restore even the slightest injury without her aid. 
His object, then, is to assist Nature, or give direction toward 
U 



210 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

healing, and restoring to health. If his efforts are not in 
harmony with Nature, is he not battling with the restorative 
element he seeks to aid? His duty, then, is to go hand in hand 
with Nature as she may guide him to certain points which 
need assistance, implying that he is the helper, and not the 
restorer from injuries. If Nature yields her control, his skill 
also falls a prey to the controlling power of disease. Hence 
we come to the conclusion that Nature predominates. It is 
certain, that, by bleeding, you lessen the circulation, and, by 
so doing, disable the other organs. You might as well sever 
the hand, and then expect the ordinary amount of work due 
from it. In connection with the above, what can be the 
result of bleeding? 

In the many cases brought to our observation where 
bleeding was thought necessary, not one has been of such 
a character but that Nature needed all her supply, and was 
fully competent to restore her own if let alone. The most 
beneficial results that follow bleeding are in cases where 
Nature has received a shock, or, in other words, where the 
system has received a perfect stoppage in all its parts ; block- 
ing the wheels so thoroughly as to need a thorough stimu- 
lus to induce regular action. By tapping a vein, and starting 
blood, the vital fluids are immediately aroused to a sense of 
their inactivity, and this vibrates to every other organ ; and 
thus the work commences again. 

The most important and vital interests are connected with 
bleeding. It serves not only the purpose of taking a portion 
of vitality as a means of lessening the circulation ; but it 
renders the organs so weak, and susceptible to the influence 
of conditions producing disease, that for a long time they 
struggle hard to overcome these tendencies. The vital 
energies are taxed with more severity and rigor than they 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 211 

are able to withstand, and, yielding to the treatment, give 
way to languor and disease. In most instances, the blood, in 
its passage through the system, steps not aside for mere de- 
rangement, but courses its way as though it predominated 
over all obstructions. If it is wrought upon, it must be 
done through the vitality of the nervous fluids. Hence, 
when cathartics are given for the purpose of purifying the 
blood, unless they are of that character which operates 
upon the fluids of the stomach, their effects are insufficient 
upon the blood ; but, perchance, they may wake to action 
some other organ, whose repugnance to their effects will 
cause it to relax all other duties, and expel this intruding 
substance. Thus are organs often subjected to derangement 
by a course, which, persisted in, leads to disease. In the 
operation of medicine given for the purpose of expelling 
contents from the bowels, upon its entrance into the stomach 
its inharmonious effects cause it to be so obnoxious, that no 
sooner does it meet with the coating of the stomach than 
that organ immediately commences expelling or driving it 
into the bowels : there it meets with the same reception 
until it has the effect for which it was given. If this is too 
severe, it leaves its traces of inharmony and weakness, pro- 
ducing incompetency, and unfitting them for future duties. 

Cathartics may also be said to be a drain upon the sys- 
tem. In removing the contents of the stomach and bowels, 
you take away their support, and divest them of their 
proper elements for the work of Xature. AYben this requi- 
site of the system is lacking, there is a call from the 
fluids for a supply ; and, if that supply is lacking, the vital 
energies flag, and all Xature drops a grade lower in the scale 
of strength and health. 

A restriction of diet operates in the same manner as 



212 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

bleeding or a dose of physic. When the case is too urgent 
to admit of delay, a decoction made from the bitter herb 
known as sweet fern, or a weak solution of rhubarb, is 
far preferable to salts or minerals ; leaving the system un- 
injured from any deleterious properties contained in the 
medicine. Many more kinds there are which might be 
mentioned of a comparatively harmless nature when used 
with caution, and not too frequently. 

Our remedy for disease in general would be to affect the 
vital fluids, working a change in Nature by other means 
than medicine. Do it with strong and firm obedience to 
the laws of health. Do it with a due consideration of 
whatever habits contribute to ill health, strictly avoiding 
them, and adopting correct ones. The same applies to all 
ailments liable to attack the human machine. 

There is one disease claiming our attention, so peculiar 
in its character that we wish to treat of it separately. We 
hardly know from what other source so much disturbance 
to every organ composing the human organism can arise as 
from a fever ; with such perfect inharmony is there brought 
to bear throughout every part of the system such a com- 
motion that it hardly seems possible for the different organs 
ever to become submissive to the laws regulating their 
harmony again. It may well be likened to a hurricane, 
vying with the elements, scattering confusion bordering 
upon complete destruction. The different organs meet with 
perfect sympathy from each other : each and every part 
seems to imbibe its share of excitement ; and the whole sys- 
tem is more or less affected. 

The increased action produced by the nervous fluids rush- 
ing to the blood, and that, in turn, conveying it to the whole 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 213 

system, marks the disease with heat upon the surface, rest- 
lessness of body, a quick and excitable pulse, so apparent 
in the case of fever. A fever is of all diseases most to be 
dreaded, and also feared, from the fact that every organ is 
engaged in carrying on the excitement. When a fever 
seems beyond the control of all medicine, the practitioner 
gives up his patient as a hopeless case, and resigns himself 
to the influence of changes, hoping there may be an altera- 
tion for the better. Oh that the struggles of Nature might 
be revealed, levelling her aim at this organ, and then at that, 
palliating the most aggravating conditions, enveloping the 
entire system with her mantle of redemption, causing new 
action, bringing forth from the bowels of disease new shoots 
of reproduction, emerging into her ordinary course, gov- 
erned by laws established upon the basis of health ! This is 
what mortals incased in the fleshy form have not a clear 
conception of: therefore they treat it as a peculiarity which 
they have not the ability to counteract, assist, or even to 
guide through the efforts of Nature. Various are the ways 
of treating this disease aside from medicine, or something 
given to arouse this or that organ to a greater degree of 
activity. By observation, it will be noticed, that, at times, 
there is more heat upon the surface than at others, arising 
from more internal discord. This should be promptly met 
by ablutions, sponging the surface often with water, carrying 
the heat from the external, and aiding by giving a healthy 
impetus to the skin. But the mode of treating a fever is 
very much like giving free scope to all parts coming within 
the range of so vigorous an attack. So susceptible is every 
organ to derangement, that there can hardly be said to 
be any specific mode of treatment, or course of recovery. 
Its peculiarity in attacking the system is very much like 



214 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

seizing the whole contents, and holding possession until 
such time as Nature sees fit to arouse, and relax the hold. 
If one part is attacked, the whole is aroused ; and the medi- 
cine is just as liable to fall a prey to the disease as the dis- 
ease to the medicine. Most benefit arises from external 
applications, shifting the patient in the coolest and most 
comfortable position, soothing to rest by cooling appliances, 
admitting fresh air to invigorate the whole system, giving 
nourishment only when the fluids call for it, and taking 
such cognizance generally of the wants and comforts of the 
sufferer as will have a tendency to relieve. 

The cause of fever is not in the derangement of any one 
part of the system first, but is so acted upon by the peculiar 
properties imbibed from the atmosphere as to make the 
attack general. This is not dependent upon a weak condi- 
tion of the organs, but upon their peculiar tendency to 
receive and apply these properties, as supplying their need, 
until the system becomes impregnated with the poison ; and 
thus is laid the foundation for the disease which every organ 
is compelled to make an effort to throw off. Thus is' 
fever originated in causes foreign to the individual having 
full sway, and terminating according as the vital energies 
have capacity of endurance. 



THE DEITY IN MAN. 

There is given to man by divine will, at his birth, a 
spark, emanating from God, which may be rightly termed 
the everlasting element of divinity. It is the thinking, 
reasoning, investigating part of man, holding immortality 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 215 

as a loan which must be paid by returning to the source 
from whence it was given. It was embodied in mankind 
for the purpose of giving individuality, and rearing a struc- 
ture serving the end of progression ; for such are all mani- 
festations of God. His spirit, as a part of himself, is 
diffused throughout all his works, by the action of which 
all are brought to a higher type of representation ; and, 
whenever separated from the material which subserves its 
use, it gravitates, or returns back, and is united with the 
original source from whence it came. 

This cannot otherwise be, for the nature of it is to seek 
its own ; and hence is it called wherever those properties 
exist which it possesses within itself. When the death of the 
body takes place, the spirit returns to a spiritual sphere, 
and the body to dust ; each obeying the laws of its own 
innate qualities. The spirit holds an existence of its own 
independent of the body, and does not even blend or coa- 
lesce with it, but holds it as a machine subject to its use. 
This is God in man, and he has clothed it in flesh, that it 
'might better serve his purposes ; and, when its mission in 
that direction is accomplished, he receives it again to him- 
self. 

The purity of its nature in its original state man can 
never take from, obliterate, or destroy. It is only the mani- 
festations arising from the use that he makes of it, and the 
advantages received from it, that he has to do with, and 
possesses the power to control. If it were not so, man 
would be a degenerating and corrupting power over God 
himself. It was given to man for an exalted purpose, and 
to be made use of in a way befitting the object of its pos- 
sessor, and which cannot be wrongly applied without degra- 
dation and individual dishonor. But, if not rightly used, it 



216 INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 

reflects upon the possessor, and not upon the giver. May 
the talent be improved, though it be but one, and carry with 
it through eternity the advantages obtained by the highest 
and best use that can be made of this God-given spark ; 
showing that you are fully prepared to enter into the joys 
of your Lord and Master ! 

The common acceptation of the term would imply no 
responsibility or distinction between making a right or 
wrong use of it, if God is again to receive it to himself ; 
but, virtually speaking, there is a vast amount of difference. 
Who does not feel the sustaining hand of right, and is not 
benefited by privileges, if they are wisely improved ? Who 
does not feel happiness in the deep recesses of the inner life, 
when conforming to precepts of a holy and congenial nature ? 
Was not the spirit given for that purpose ? Who does not 
feel joy in his heart for the gift of a transcendent power 
able to conquer circumstances and surroundings which place 
thorns in the path of this progressive element ? Who is not 
better satisfied to do the will of God when knowing that he 
has given implements for the work? Who is not, more 
fully compensated in so acting as to experience happiness in 
his daily life, rather than to cause misery here, or even to 
prolong it beyond this life, there to commence the work of 
making amends, and a right use of this spark of the Deity ? 
Neglect must be accounted for upon the strictest terms in- 
volving personal elevation ; and every one is accountable in 
earth-life for its rudimental discipline, as to that is attached 
the importance of the object for which it was there placed. 
As surely as that element exists in man, so surely will it 
demand an unfolding in the direction from whence it came. 
Years, yea, ages, may pass away, before some will be pre- 
pared to accept and practise the purity and Godlike virtues 



INSTRUCTIVE COMMUNICATIONS. 217 

which this spark has imparted to their nature. The power 
given may be perverted, but not destroyed ; its manifesta- 
tions dwarfed, but itself not crushed ; obstacles placed iu 
its way of progression here, but not eternally so ; living and 
acting, but not creating ; taking away, or making whole, 
but simply serving its use both in this and the life to come. 

And, when my voice is lost in silence, may these truths 
rise up in the minds of my readers, and enable them so to 
make use of this gift as not to prolong their advancement 
in spirit-life ! but renewing the covenant of obligation to 
that higher power, in the morning of youth, the spirit-world 
will claim them as inheritors of the reward of a glorious 
life spent in the cause of doing the will of our heavenly 
Father. 



APPENDIX. 



In closing this book, I am afraid the reader will not stop 
to fully realize the manner in which it was given, and there- 
fore assume too much for the work, believing it to be 
nought but the production of a mind schooled to that effect, 
and as adding but little to the literature of the day. Truth 
compels me again to state the way in which it was written ; 
and, if any desire to test this mode of treating subjects, they 
can do so by a similar process, thereby testing the powers 
of the mind when in a state of indifference. 

I am seated at my table, writing. No thought is bestowed 
upon the subject, and indeed it is not given until each 
piece is finished. After one word is written, no thought is 
taken as to what the next shall be ; and the same fact 
applies to sentences : when one is finished, what follows 
remains in obscurity. As the subjects change, the same 
condition of indifference continues ; so that, as each piece is 
finished, it is a production so foreign to myself as to need 
a thorough perusal to be understood. These sentiments 
drop into the mind, one by one, without any effort of my 
own, forming ideas entirely unknown, which I am not able 
to distinguish, neither to form any idea of the character of 
the piece written. 

219 



220 APPENDIX. 

As a general rule, the less the interest manifested by 
myself, with more ease and readiness do the impressions 
flow. Coming from a source foreign to myself, it becomes 
necessary that I should maintain a passive state of mind, 
willing to receive what is given ; and thus am I the instru- 
ment by which the sentiments contained in this book have 
been given to you. And now the question arises, From 
whence does this intelligence proceed? I should be at a 
loss to explain it, if I did not feel so tangibly the presence 
of disembodied spirits transmitting their thoughts to me 
through a law which has been explained. And, when I 
assert that my mind is thus wrought upon, am I not be- 
lieved ? If not, then is the word of thousands discredited, 
who, were they brought into court to testify, would be be- 
lieved, though the case involved life or death. 

I have no desire to argue this question.' If the voice of 
eleven millions in the United States, corroborating my own, 
is not sufficient to awaken a realization of spirit-communion, 
then let the mind slumber until it becomes defunct to all 
truths but those of the past. 

My statement is either truthful, or it stigmatizes me with 
falsehood ; and how many there are that would come under 
this same charge ! But this is not so. Truth compels us 
cheerfully to ascribe it to those whom we know have 
departed this life ; while a love for notoriety would suppress 
their authorship, and impute it to ourselves. 

The subject is one which of itself should excite sufficient 
interest without comments or expostulatory remarks. It 
is one involving the spirit-world, eternity. Therefore, when 
it is claimed that our spirit-friends return to earth, and 
that all can share in their heavenly messages, why is not 
the inquiry general, Is it so ? If it be denied that this intel- 



APPENDIX. 221 

ligence came from spirits, then I, for one, demand an 
explanation of the singular way in which my organism has 
been wrought upon to produce these writings, without any 
knowledge on my part of what is to be written, or even the 
slightest degree of interest manifested. Indeed, at times it 
became irksome ; but, upon perusal, I was astonished at what 
had been written. And how account you for this, ye scep- 
tics concerning spirit-control? To a Spiritualist it is made 
plain ; but to those who repudiate our ideas of the matter, 
and call it all a humbug, and discard the idea of spirits 
communing now as in ancient times, it is to you that I 
appeal for an explanation. It is useless to call it a delu- 
sion ; for you have the work before you. I remain as a 
living witness to testify ; and the facts are so plainly before 
you, that no rational mind can cavil. 

It may be wondered why the controlling intelligence did 
not give the reader some idea of his parentage or early his- 
tory. He was born in the State of Vermont, and spent his 
youthful days in the southern part, studying his profession 
in that vicinity ; after which he removed to the north, and 
there commenced and ended his career as a practising 
physician. He was so universally known, that more than a 
mere passing notice seems unnecessary ; and his likeness, 
accompanying the book, will greet many an eye familiarly, 
and be a sufficient introduction where it is more particu- 
larly intended to elicit spiritual inquiry. 

His object was to awaken an interest upon this subject in 
one who was an old acquaintance, and to place before those 
with whom he was more immediately associated such facts 
as would lead to an investigation. 

In using the mind of another, sentiments are not always 
expressed with that fulness and grammatical diction desired, 



222 APPENDIX, 

from inability to control perfectly, together with the nonsus- 
ceptible organization of the niedium. It may be likened to 
piercing leather with a fine cambric needle, and expect it to 
retain its sharp point and straightness. 

These remarks I make upon my own responsibility ; for I 
feel that there is a great deficiency in me to receive the 
impressions as they are designed to be given. But that 
does not change the great fact before us, that what has 
been given was dictated by spirit-intelligence ; and that is 
the main question of interest to be solved. With these few 
remarks, I leave the reader to draw such conclusions as 
reason may dictate. Medium. 



BANNER OF LIGHT 

SPIRITUAL AND REFORM BOOKS, 

ALSO 

LIBERAL AND PHILOSOPHICAL WORKS, 

ETC., ETC., ETC , 
PUBLISHED AND FOR SALE BY 

WILLIAM WHITE & COMPANY, 

158 WASHINGTON STREET, BOSTON, MASS., 

AND AT THEIR 
BRANCH HOUSE, 544 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. 



Letter Postage required on books sent by mail to the following Territories : Colo- 
rada, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Viah. 



SPIRITUAL AND PROGRESSIVE WORKS. 

Arabula ; or, The Divine Guest. Containing a New Collection of Gos- 
pels. By A. J. Davis, author of several volumes on the Harmonial Philosophy. 
$1,50, postage 20 cents. 

A Stellar Key to the Summer-Land. Illustrated with Diagrams and 
Engravings of Celestial Scenery. By A. J. Davis. $1,00, postage 16 cents. 

A B C of Life. By A. B. Child, M. D. 25 cents. 

Arcana of Nature ; or, The History and Laws of Creation. By 

Hudson Tuttle. 1st Vol. $1,25, postage IS cents. 

Arcana of Nature ; or, The Philosophy of Spiritual Existence 
and of the Spirit- World. By Hudson Tuttle. 2d Vol. $1,25, postage 
18 cents. 

Arnold, and Other Poems. By J. R. Orton. 75 cents, postage 12 cents. 

A Letter to the Chestnut-street Congregational Church, 
Chelsea, Mass., in Reply to its Charges of having become a Reproach to 
the Cause of Truth, in consequence of a Change of Religious Belief. By John 
S. Adams. 15 cents, postage 2 cents. 

Answers to Ever-Recurring Questions from the People. A 

Sequel to the " Penetralia." By A. J. Davis. $1,50, postage 20 cents. 

Approaching Crisis. By A. J. Davis. Being a Review of Dr. BushnelPs 
Lectures on Supernaturalism. $1,00, postage 12 cents. 

Apostles. By Ernest Renan, author of "The Life of Jesus," being part 
second of "The Origin of Christianity." Translated from the French. $1,75, 
postage free. 

A Guide of Wisdom and Knowledge to the Spirit- World. 20 

cents, postage 2 cents. 

After Death ; or, Disembodied Man. The Location, Topography 
and Scenery of the Supernal Universe; Its Inhabitants, their Customs, Habits, 
Modes of Existence ; Sex after Death ; Marriage in the World of Souls ; The Sin 
against the Holy Ghost ; Its fearful Penalties, etc. Being the Sequel to " Deal- 
ings with the Dead." $1,00, postage 8 cents. 



2 SPIRITUAL AND REFORM BOOKS. 

Brittan and Richmond's Discussion. 400 pages, octavo. This work 
contains twenty-four letters from each of the parties above-named, embodying a 
great number of facts and arguments, pro and con., designed to illustrate the 
spiritual phenomena of all ages, but especially the modern manifestations. 

$2,50, postage 28 cents. 

Brittan's Review of Beecher's Report of Spiritualism ; wherein 
the conclusions of the latter are carefully examined and tested by a comparison 
with his premises, with reason and with the facts. Cloth bound, 75 cents, post- 
age 8 cents. 

Brittan's Review of Rev. C. M. Butler, D. D. This is a brief refu- 
tation of the principal objections urged by the clergy against Spiritualism, and 
is, therefore, a good thing for general circulation. 50 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Bible Dissolved; or, Divine Illumination. 20 cents, postage 2 
cents. 

Blossoms of Our Spring. A Poetic Work. By Hudson and Emma Tut- 
tle. $1,00, postage 20 cents. 

Bible Convention at Hartford. $1,00, postage 16 cents. 
Be Thyself. A Discourse by Prof. William Denton. 15 cents, postage 2 
cents. 

Branches of Palm. By Mrs. J. S. Adams. A book for every Spiritualist 
and Friend of Truth and Progress. Gilt $2,00, plain $1,25, postage 16 cents. 
Celestial Telegraph. $1,50, postage 20 cents. 

Clairvoyant Family Physician. By Mrs. Tuttle. Muslin $1,00, post- 
age 12 cents. 

Courtney's Review of Dod's Involuntary Theory of the Spir- 
itual Manifestations. A most triumphant refutation of the only material 
theory that deserves a respectful notice. 50 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Christ and the People. By A. B. Child. $1,25, postage 16 cents. 

Children's Progressive Lyceum. A New Manual, with full directions 
for the Organization and Management of Sunday Schools. By A. J. Davis. 80 
cents, postage 8 cents, $63,00 per hundred. Abridged Edition, 45 cents, postage 
4 cents, $35,00 per hundred. 

Dissertation on the Evidences of Divine Inspiration. By Datus 
Kelley. 25 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Day of Doom ; or, A Poetical Description of the Great and 
Last Judgment, with other Poems. By Rev. Michael Wigglesworth, A. M. 
From the sixth edition of 1715. $1,00, postage 12 cents. 

Dealings with the Dead : The Human Soul — its Migrations and its 
Transmigrations. By P. B. Randolph. 75 cents, postage 12 cents. 

Death and the After-Life. Three Lectures. By A. J. Davis. Cloth 60 
cents, postage 8 cents ; paper 35 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Extracts from Unpublished Volumes. No. 1. Divine Attributes 
and the Creations; The Sun; The Moon; Homer; Hesiod; Socrates. $1,00, 
postage 8 cents. 

Errors Corrected : An Address by the Spirit of Stephen Treadwell. 10 
cents, postage 2 cents. 

Fugitive "Wife. By Warren Chase. Paper 35 cents, postage 4 cents ; 
cloth 50 cents, postage 8 cents. 

Faith, Hope and Love. A Discourse by Cora L. V. Daniels. 20 cents, 
postage 2 cents. 

Familiar Spirits, and Spiritual Manifestations : Being a Series of 
Articles by Dr. Enoch Pond, Professor in the Bangor Theological Seminary, with 
a Reply by A. Bingham, Esq., of Boston. 20 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Further Communications from the "World of Spirits, on sub- 
jects highly important to the Human Family. By Joshua, Solomon, and others. 
Paper 50 cents, postage 8 cents ; cloth 75 cents, postage 12 cents. 

Footfalls on the Boundary of Another World, with Narrative 
Illustrations. By Robert Dale Owen. $1,75, postage 25 cents. 



SPIRITUAL AXD REFORM BOOKS. 3 

Gist of Spiritualism : Being a Course of Five Lectures delivered by War- 
ren Chase in Washington. 50 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Great Harmonia, in Five Volumes. By A. J. Davis. Vol. 1 — The Physi- 
cian ; Vol. 2— The Teacher ; Vol. 3— The Seer ; Vol. 4— -The Reformer ; Vol. 5— 
The Thinker. $1,50 each, postage 20 cents each. 

Gospel of Harmony. By Mrs. E. 0. Goodrich Willard. 30 cents, postage 
4 cents. 

Harmoxiial Man ; or, Thoughts for the Age. By A. J. Davis. 
Paper 50 cents, postage 6 cents ; cloth 75 cents, postage 12 cents. 

Harbinger of Health. By A. J. Davis. $1,50, postage 20 cents. 

Healing of the Nations. By Charles Linton, with an Appendix by 
Nathaniel P. Tallmadge. Fourth edition. 537 pp. $3,0 X postage 36 cents. 

Healing of the Nations. Second Series. By Charles Linton. 363 pp. 
$2,50, postage 30 cents. 

History and Philosophy of Evil. By A. J. Davis. Paper 50 cents, 
postage 6 cents ; cloth 75 cents, postage 12 cents. 

History of the Supernatural. By William Howitt. Two Volumes. 
$3,00, postage 40 cents. 

History of th3 Davenport Brothers. 25 cents, postage 2 cents. 

Hymns of Progress : Being a Compilation, original and selected, of 
Hymns, Songs and Readings, designed to meet a part of the progressive wants 
of the age, in Church, Grove, Hall, Lyceum and School. By L. K. Coonley. 75 
cents, postage 12 cents. 

Hierophant ; or, Gleanings from the Past. By G. C. Stewart. 
$1,00, postage 12 cents. 

Improvisations from the Spirit. By J. J. Garth Wilkinson. 75 cents, 
postage 12 cents. 

Immutable Decrees of God. A Discourse by Cora L. V. Daniels. 20 
cents, postage 2 cents. 

Intellectual Freedom; or, Emancipation from Mental and 
Physical Bondage. By Charles S. Woodruff, M. D., author of " Legalized 
Prostitution," etc. 50 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Incidents in My Life. By D. D. Home, with an Introduction by Judge 
Edmonds. $1,25, postage 16 cents. 

Judge Edmonds's Tracts. 25 cents, postage 2 cents. 
Judge Edmonds's Letters. 30 cents, postage 2 cents. 
Joan D'Arc. A Biography. Translated from the French, by Sarah M. 
Grimke. With Portrait. $1,00, postage 12 cents. 

Jesus of Nazareth; or, A True History of the Man called 
Jesus Christ : Embracing his Parentage, his Youth, his Original Doctrines 
and Works, his career as a Public Teacher and Physician of the People, &o. 
New Edition. $1,75, postage 24 cents. 

Koran : Commonly called the Alcoran of Mohammed. Translated into 
English immediately from the original Arabic, by George Sale, Gent. New 
Edition. 472 pp. $1,50, postage 20 cents. 

Kingdom of Heaven ; or, The Golden Age. By E. W. Loveland. 
75 cents, postage 12 cents. 

Lady Lillian, and Other Poems. By E. Young. $1,00, postage 12 cents. 

Lectures on (3-eology, on the Past and Future of our Planet. 

By Prof. William Denton. $1,50, postage 20 cents. 

Life-Line of the Lone One. By Warren Chase. New Edition. $1,00, 
postage 16 cents. 

Lily v*/reath of Spiritual Communications. Received chiefly 
through the mediumship of Mrs. J. S. Adams. $1,25, postage 16 cents. 

Legalized Prostitution ; or, Marriage as it Is, and Marriage 
as it Should Be, Philosophically Considered. By Charles S. Wood- 
ruff, M. D. $1,00, postage 16 cents. 



4 SPIRITUAL AND REFORM BOOKS. 

Life Incidents and Poetic Pictures. By J. H. Powell. $1,25, post- 
age 12 cents. 

Lyric of the Golden Age. By Thomas L. Harris. $2,00, postage 20 
cents. 

Light from the Spirit- World. By Rev. Charles Hammond. $1,25, 
postage 12 cents. 

Lecture on Spiritualism. By Prof. Hare. 20 cents, postage 2 cents. 

Morning Lectures. Twenty Discourses delivered before the Friends of 
Progress in New York. By A. J. Davis. $1,50, postage 20 cents. 

Magic Staff: An Autobiography of Andrew Jaekson Davis. $1,75, postage 
20 cents. 

Memoranda of Persons, Places and Events : Embracing Authentic 
Facts, Visions, Impressions, Discoveries in Magnetism, Clairvoyance, Spiritual- 
ism. Also Quotations from the Opposition. By A. J. Davis. 488 pp. $1,50, 
postage 20 cents. 

Mediumship : Its Laws and Conditions. "With brief instructions 
for the formation of spirit-circles. By J. H. Powell. New and Revised Edition. 
25 cents, postage 2 cents. 

Man and His Relations. By Prof. S. B. Brittan. One elegant volume, 
8vo., tinted laid paper, extra vellum cloth, bev. boards, with steel engraved 
Portrait. $3,50, postage free. 

Man of Faith. By Henry Lacroix. 25 cents, postage 2 cents. 

Messages from the Superior State. Communicated by John Murray, 
through J. M. Spear. 75 cents, postage 12 cents. 

Nature's Divine Revelations. The profoundest production of spirits 
through the mediative qualities of Andrew Jackson Davis. 786 pp. $3,50, 
postage 40 cents. 

New Testament Miracles, and Modern Miracles. The compara- 
tive amount of evidence for each ; the nature of both ; testimony of a hundred 
witnesses. An Essay read before the Divinity School, Cambridge. By J. H. 
Fowler. 40 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Night-Side of Nature ; or, Ghosts and Ghost-Seers. By Cathe- 
rine Crowe. $1,25, postage 20 cents. 

Penetralia : Being Harmonial Answers to Important Questions. By A. J. 
Davis. $1,75, postage 24 cents. 

Philosophy of Special Providences : A Vision. By A. J. Davis. 20 

cents, postage 2 cents. 

Philosophy of Spiritual Intercourse : Being an Explanation of Mod- 
ern Mysteries. By A. J. Davis. Paper 60 cents, postage 6 cents ; cloth $1,00, 
postage 12 cents. 

Plain Guide to Spiritualism. A Spiritual Handbook. By Uriah Clark. 
Full gilt $1,75; plain $1,25, postage 16 cents. 

Poems from the Inner Life. By Lizzie Doten. Sixth Edition. Full 
gilt $2,00, postage free; plain $1,25, postage 16 cents. 

Peep Into Sacred Tradition. By Rev. Orrin Abbott. 50 cents, post- 
age 4 cents. 

Philosophy of Mesmerism and Clairvoyance. Six Lectures, with 
instructions. 50 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Philosophy of Electrical Psychology. In Twelve Lectures. By Dr. 
Dods. $1,25, postage 16 cents. 

Principles of Social Science. By H. C. Carey. Three Volumes. $2,50 
per volume, postage 30 cents per volume. 

Present Age and Inner Life. By A. J. Davis. Being a Sequel to 
Spiritual Intercourse. This is an elegant book of near 300 pages, octavo, illus- 
trated. $2,00, postage 24 cents. 

Physical Man, Scientifically Considered. By Hudson Tuttle. $1,5(\ 
postage free. 



SPIRITUAL AND REFORM BOOKS. - 5 

Principles of Nature, as discovered in the Development and Structure 
of the Universe. Given inspirationally, through Mrs. J. King. 327 pages. 
$2,00, postage 24 ce nts. 

Physical Perfection: Showing how to acquire and retain bodily sym- 
metry, health and vigor, secure long life, and avoid the infirmities and deformi- 
ties of age. By D. H. Jacques. Beautifully illustrated. $1,75, postage 16 cents. 

Poems. By Achsa W. Sprague. $1,50, postage 20 cents . 

Poems by Cousin Benja, with Steel Portrait. $1,50, postage free. 

Reichenbach's Dynamics of Magnetism, Electricity, Heat, Light, 
Crystallization and Chemism, in their relations to vital force. Complete from 
the German second edition ; with the addition of a Preface and Critical Notes, 
by John Ashburner, M. D. Third American Edition. $1,50, postage 20 cents. 

Road to Spiritualism. By Dr. R. T. Hallock. 50 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Spiritual Harp : A collection of Vocal Music for the Choir, Congregation, 
and Social Circles. By J. M. Peebles and J. O. Barrett. E. H. Bailey, Musical 
Editor. $2,00, postage 20 cents. 

Self- Contradictions of the Bible. 144 Propositions, without -comment,, 
embodying most of the palpable and striking self-contradictions of the Bible. 
25 cents, postage 2 cents. 

Spiritual Reasoner. By Dr. E. W. Lewis. $1,00, postage 18 cents. 

Spirit Manifestations : Being an Exposition of Views respecting the 
Principal Facts, Causes and Peculiarities involved, together with interesting 
Phenomenal Statements and Commauications. By Adin Ballon. Paper 50 
cents, postage 6 cents ; cloth 75 cents, postage 12 cents. 

Soul Affinity. By A. B. Child, M. D. 20 cents, postage 2 cents. 

Soul of Things ; or, Psychometric Researches and Discov- 
eries. By Prof. William and Elizabeth M. F. Denton. $1,50, postage 20 cents. 

Spirit Minstrel. A Collection of Hymns and Music for the use of Spirit- 
ualists in their Circles and Public Meetings. Sixth Edition, enlarged. By J. B. 
Packard and J. S. Loveland. Boards 50 cents, paper 35 cents, postage free. 

Spiritual Invention; or, Autobiographic Scenes and Sketches. 
20 cents, postage 2 cents. 

Spiritualism. Vol. 1. By Judge Edmonds and Dr. Dexter. $2,50, postage 
32 cents. 

Spiritualism. Vol. 2. By Judge Edmonds and Dr. Dexter. $2,50, postage 
32 cents. 

Seeress of Prevorst. By Justinus Kerner. A book of facts and revela- 
tions concerning the inner life of man, and a world of spirits. New Edition. 60 
cents, postage 4 cents. 

Six Lectures on Theology and Nature. By Emma Hardinge. Steel 
plate Portrait of Author. Cloth $1,00, postage 12 cents ; paper 75 cents, postage 
8 cents. 

Scenes in the Spirit-Land; or, Life in the Spheres. By Hudson 
Tuttle. 75 cents, postage 4 cents. 

Sabbath of Life. By R. D. Addington. $1,50, postage 20 cents. 
Spirit Communion. By J. B. Ferguson. $1,50, postage 20 cents. 
Shekinah. Vols. I, II and III. By S. B. Brittan. $2,50 per volume, post- 
age 30 cents per volume. 

Spiritual Teacher: Comprising a series of Twelve Lectures on the 
Nature and Development of the Spirit. Through It. P. Ambler. 75 cents, post- 
age 12 cents. 

Spirit "Works, Real but not Miraculous. A Lecture, read at the 
City Hall, in Roxbury, Mass., by Allen Putnam. 30 cents, postage G cents. 

Three Voices : A Poem in Three Parts. By Warren S. Barlow. $1,25, 
postage 16 cents. 

Truth for the Times, gathered at a Spiritual Thought Concert. 15 cents, 
postage 2 cents. 



BANNER OF LIGHT: 

An Exponent of the Spiritual Philosophy of the 
Nineteenth Century. 



PUBLISHED "WEEKLY 

AT NO. 158 WASHINGTON STREET, . . . BOSTON, MASS. 
BRANCH OFFICE, 544 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. 

WILLIAM WHITE & CO Proprietors. 

WILLIAM WHITE. LUTHER COLBY. ISAAC B. RICH. 

HiTJTHJEIfc COLBY, .... Editor, 

IjEWIS B. WHjS^OJY, . . . Assistant ZEcLitor, 

AIDED BY A LARGE CORPS OF THE ABLEST WRITERS. 



THE BANNER OF LIGHT is a first-class Family Newspaper, quarto in form, 

containing forty columns of interesting and instructive reading, classed 

as follows : 

LITERARY DEPARTMENT. — Original Novelettes of reformatory- 
tendencies, and occasionally translations from French and German authors. 

MESSAGE DEPARTMENT. — A page of Spirit-Messages from the 
departed to their friends in earth-life, given through the instrumentality of 
Mrs. J. H. Conant, proving direct spirit-intercourse between the Mundano 
ana Super-Mundane Worlds. 

EDITORIAL DEPARTMENT. — Subjects of General Interest, the 
Spiritual Philosophy, Current Events, Entertaining Miscellany, Notices of 
New Publications, &c. In addition to which we have a Western Depart- 
ment, with J. M. Peebles as editor. Also a New York Department, with 
Warren Chase as local editor and agent. 

CHILDREN'S DEPARTMENT.— Original Stories, Poetry, &c, suit- 
able for children's reading, by Mrs. Love M. Willis, one of the most gifted 
writers in America. 

ORIGINAL ESSAYS— Upon Spiritual, Philosophical, and Scientific 
Subjects. 

REPORTS OF SPIRITUAL LECTURES— By Trance and Nor- 
mal Speakers. 

All which features render this journal a popular Family Paper, and at the 
same time the Harbinger of a Glorious Scientific Religion. 



TERMS OF SUBSCRIPTION, IN ADVANCE: 
JPer "Fear, $3.00. Six Months, $1.5 O. Single copies, 8 cents* 

%£§*" There will be no deviation from the above prices. 

When drafts on Boston or New York cannot be procured, we desire our patrons 
to send, in lieu thereof, a post-office money order. 

Subscriptions discontinued at the expiration of the time paid for. 

Subscribers in Canada will add to the terms of subscription 26 cents per year, for 
pre-payment of American postage. 

Post-Office Address. — It is useless for subscribers to write, unless they give 
their Post-Office Address and name of State. 

Subscribers wishing the direction of their paper changed from one town to an- 
other, must always give the name of the Town, County and State to which it has 
been sent. 

l&lr* Specimen Copies sent Free. 

Subscribers are informed that twenty-six numbers of the Banner compose a vol- 
ume. Thus we publish two volumes a y^ar. 

Advertisements inserted at twenty cents per line for the first, and fifteen cents 
per line for each subsequent insertion. 

fl^"* All communications intended f^r publication, or in any way connected with 
the Editorial Department, should be addressed to the Editor. Letters to the Edi- 
tor, not intended for publication, should be marked " private " on the envelope. 

All Business Letters must be addressed : 

BAXaHBjR OF LIGHT, BOSTON, MASS. 



* 



